]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git/blob - gas/config/tc-hppa.c
-Wimplicit-fallthrough warning fixes
[thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / config / tc-hppa.c
1 /* tc-hppa.c -- Assemble for the PA
2 Copyright (C) 1989-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3
4 This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
5
6 GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
9 any later version.
10
11 GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
15
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with GAS; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
18 Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
19 02110-1301, USA. */
20
21 /* HP PA-RISC support was contributed by the Center for Software Science
22 at the University of Utah. */
23
24 #include "as.h"
25 #include "safe-ctype.h"
26 #include "subsegs.h"
27 #include "dw2gencfi.h"
28
29 #include "bfd/libhppa.h"
30
31 /* Be careful, this file includes data *declarations*. */
32 #include "opcode/hppa.h"
33
34 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (OBJ_SOM)
35 error only one of OBJ_ELF and OBJ_SOM can be defined
36 #endif
37
38 /* If we are using ELF, then we probably can support dwarf2 debug
39 records. Furthermore, if we are supporting dwarf2 debug records,
40 then we want to use the assembler support for compact line numbers. */
41 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
42 #include "dwarf2dbg.h"
43
44 /* A "convenient" place to put object file dependencies which do
45 not need to be seen outside of tc-hppa.c. */
46
47 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
48 typedef enum elf_hppa_reloc_type reloc_type;
49
50 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
51 typedef elf_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
52 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
53 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.hppa_arg_reloc)
54
55 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
56 /* How to generate a relocation. */
57 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf64_hppa_gen_reloc_type
58 #define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf64_hppa_reloc_final_type
59 #else
60 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf32_hppa_gen_reloc_type
61 #define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf32_hppa_reloc_final_type
62 #endif
63
64 /* ELF objects can have versions, but apparently do not have anywhere
65 to store a copyright string. */
66 #define obj_version obj_elf_version
67 #define obj_copyright obj_elf_version
68
69 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME ".PARISC.unwind"
70 #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
71
72 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
73 /* Names of various debugging spaces/subspaces. */
74 #define GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME "$GDB_DEBUG$"
75 #define GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_STRINGS$"
76 #define GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_SYMBOLS$"
77 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME "$UNWIND$"
78
79 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
80 typedef int reloc_type;
81
82 /* SOM objects can have both a version string and a copyright string. */
83 #define obj_version obj_som_version
84 #define obj_copyright obj_som_copyright
85
86 /* How to generate a relocation. */
87 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type hppa_som_gen_reloc_type
88
89 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
90 typedef som_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
91 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
92 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.ap.hppa_arg_reloc)
93
94 /* This apparently isn't in older versions of hpux reloc.h. */
95 #ifndef R_DLT_REL
96 #define R_DLT_REL 0x78
97 #endif
98
99 #ifndef R_N0SEL
100 #define R_N0SEL 0xd8
101 #endif
102
103 #ifndef R_N1SEL
104 #define R_N1SEL 0xd9
105 #endif
106 #endif /* OBJ_SOM */
107
108 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
109 #define DEFAULT_LEVEL 25
110 #else
111 #define DEFAULT_LEVEL 10
112 #endif
113
114 /* Various structures and types used internally in tc-hppa.c. */
115
116 /* Unwind table and descriptor. FIXME: Sync this with GDB version. */
117
118 struct unwind_desc
119 {
120 unsigned int cannot_unwind:1;
121 unsigned int millicode:1;
122 unsigned int millicode_save_rest:1;
123 unsigned int region_desc:2;
124 unsigned int save_sr:2;
125 unsigned int entry_fr:4;
126 unsigned int entry_gr:5;
127 unsigned int args_stored:1;
128 unsigned int call_fr:5;
129 unsigned int call_gr:5;
130 unsigned int save_sp:1;
131 unsigned int save_rp:1;
132 unsigned int save_rp_in_frame:1;
133 unsigned int extn_ptr_defined:1;
134 unsigned int cleanup_defined:1;
135
136 unsigned int hpe_interrupt_marker:1;
137 unsigned int hpux_interrupt_marker:1;
138 unsigned int reserved:3;
139 unsigned int frame_size:27;
140 };
141
142 /* We can't rely on compilers placing bitfields in any particular
143 place, so use these macros when dumping unwind descriptors to
144 object files. */
145 #define UNWIND_LOW32(U) \
146 (((U)->cannot_unwind << 31) \
147 | ((U)->millicode << 30) \
148 | ((U)->millicode_save_rest << 29) \
149 | ((U)->region_desc << 27) \
150 | ((U)->save_sr << 25) \
151 | ((U)->entry_fr << 21) \
152 | ((U)->entry_gr << 16) \
153 | ((U)->args_stored << 15) \
154 | ((U)->call_fr << 10) \
155 | ((U)->call_gr << 5) \
156 | ((U)->save_sp << 4) \
157 | ((U)->save_rp << 3) \
158 | ((U)->save_rp_in_frame << 2) \
159 | ((U)->extn_ptr_defined << 1) \
160 | ((U)->cleanup_defined << 0))
161
162 #define UNWIND_HIGH32(U) \
163 (((U)->hpe_interrupt_marker << 31) \
164 | ((U)->hpux_interrupt_marker << 30) \
165 | ((U)->frame_size << 0))
166
167 struct unwind_table
168 {
169 /* Starting and ending offsets of the region described by
170 descriptor. */
171 unsigned int start_offset;
172 unsigned int end_offset;
173 struct unwind_desc descriptor;
174 };
175
176 /* This structure is used by the .callinfo, .enter, .leave pseudo-ops to
177 control the entry and exit code they generate. It is also used in
178 creation of the correct stack unwind descriptors.
179
180 NOTE: GAS does not support .enter and .leave for the generation of
181 prologues and epilogues. FIXME.
182
183 The fields in structure roughly correspond to the arguments available on the
184 .callinfo pseudo-op. */
185
186 struct call_info
187 {
188 /* The unwind descriptor being built. */
189 struct unwind_table ci_unwind;
190
191 /* Name of this function. */
192 symbolS *start_symbol;
193
194 /* (temporary) symbol used to mark the end of this function. */
195 symbolS *end_symbol;
196
197 /* Next entry in the chain. */
198 struct call_info *ci_next;
199 };
200
201 /* Operand formats for FP instructions. Note not all FP instructions
202 allow all four formats to be used (for example fmpysub only allows
203 SGL and DBL). */
204 typedef enum
205 {
206 SGL, DBL, ILLEGAL_FMT, QUAD, W, UW, DW, UDW, QW, UQW
207 }
208 fp_operand_format;
209
210 /* This fully describes the symbol types which may be attached to
211 an EXPORT or IMPORT directive. Only SOM uses this formation
212 (ELF has no need for it). */
213 typedef enum
214 {
215 SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN,
216 SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE,
217 SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE,
218 SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA,
219 SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY,
220 SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE,
221 SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL,
222 SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG,
223 SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG,
224 }
225 pa_symbol_type;
226
227 /* This structure contains information needed to assemble
228 individual instructions. */
229 struct pa_it
230 {
231 /* Holds the opcode after parsing by pa_ip. */
232 unsigned long opcode;
233
234 /* Holds an expression associated with the current instruction. */
235 expressionS exp;
236
237 /* Does this instruction use PC-relative addressing. */
238 int pcrel;
239
240 /* Floating point formats for operand1 and operand2. */
241 fp_operand_format fpof1;
242 fp_operand_format fpof2;
243
244 /* Whether or not we saw a truncation request on an fcnv insn. */
245 int trunc;
246
247 /* Holds the field selector for this instruction
248 (for example L%, LR%, etc). */
249 long field_selector;
250
251 /* Holds any argument relocation bits associated with this
252 instruction. (instruction should be some sort of call). */
253 unsigned int arg_reloc;
254
255 /* The format specification for this instruction. */
256 int format;
257
258 /* The relocation (if any) associated with this instruction. */
259 reloc_type reloc;
260 };
261
262 /* PA-89 floating point registers are arranged like this:
263
264 +--------------+--------------+
265 | 0 or 16L | 16 or 16R |
266 +--------------+--------------+
267 | 1 or 17L | 17 or 17R |
268 +--------------+--------------+
269 | | |
270
271 . . .
272 . . .
273 . . .
274
275 | | |
276 +--------------+--------------+
277 | 14 or 30L | 30 or 30R |
278 +--------------+--------------+
279 | 15 or 31L | 31 or 31R |
280 +--------------+--------------+ */
281
282 /* Additional information needed to build argument relocation stubs. */
283 struct call_desc
284 {
285 /* The argument relocation specification. */
286 unsigned int arg_reloc;
287
288 /* Number of arguments. */
289 unsigned int arg_count;
290 };
291
292 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
293 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
294 chain. */
295
296 struct subspace_dictionary_chain
297 {
298 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code. */
299 unsigned int ssd_defined;
300
301 /* Name of this subspace. */
302 char *ssd_name;
303
304 /* GAS segment and subsegment associated with this subspace. */
305 asection *ssd_seg;
306 int ssd_subseg;
307
308 /* Next space in the subspace dictionary chain. */
309 struct subspace_dictionary_chain *ssd_next;
310 };
311
312 typedef struct subspace_dictionary_chain ssd_chain_struct;
313
314 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
315 chain. */
316
317 struct space_dictionary_chain
318 {
319 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code or
320 as a default space. */
321 unsigned int sd_defined;
322
323 /* Nonzero if this spaces has been defined by the user code. */
324 unsigned int sd_user_defined;
325
326 /* The space number (or index). */
327 unsigned int sd_spnum;
328
329 /* The name of this subspace. */
330 char *sd_name;
331
332 /* GAS segment to which this subspace corresponds. */
333 asection *sd_seg;
334
335 /* Current subsegment number being used. */
336 int sd_last_subseg;
337
338 /* The chain of subspaces contained within this space. */
339 ssd_chain_struct *sd_subspaces;
340
341 /* The next entry in the space dictionary chain. */
342 struct space_dictionary_chain *sd_next;
343 };
344
345 typedef struct space_dictionary_chain sd_chain_struct;
346
347 /* This structure defines attributes of the default subspace
348 dictionary entries. */
349
350 struct default_subspace_dict
351 {
352 /* Name of the subspace. */
353 const char *name;
354
355 /* FIXME. Is this still needed? */
356 char defined;
357
358 /* Nonzero if this subspace is loadable. */
359 char loadable;
360
361 /* Nonzero if this subspace contains only code. */
362 char code_only;
363
364 /* Nonzero if this is a comdat subspace. */
365 char comdat;
366
367 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace. */
368 char common;
369
370 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace which allows symbols
371 to be multiply defined. */
372 char dup_common;
373
374 /* Nonzero if this subspace should be zero filled. */
375 char zero;
376
377 /* Sort key for this subspace. */
378 unsigned char sort;
379
380 /* Access control bits for this subspace. Can represent RWX access
381 as well as privilege level changes for gateways. */
382 int access;
383
384 /* Index of containing space. */
385 int space_index;
386
387 /* Alignment (in bytes) of this subspace. */
388 int alignment;
389
390 /* Quadrant within space where this subspace should be loaded. */
391 int quadrant;
392
393 /* An index into the default spaces array. */
394 int def_space_index;
395
396 /* Subsegment associated with this subspace. */
397 subsegT subsegment;
398 };
399
400 /* This structure defines attributes of the default space
401 dictionary entries. */
402
403 struct default_space_dict
404 {
405 /* Name of the space. */
406 const char *name;
407
408 /* Space number. It is possible to identify spaces within
409 assembly code numerically! */
410 int spnum;
411
412 /* Nonzero if this space is loadable. */
413 char loadable;
414
415 /* Nonzero if this space is "defined". FIXME is still needed */
416 char defined;
417
418 /* Nonzero if this space can not be shared. */
419 char private;
420
421 /* Sort key for this space. */
422 unsigned char sort;
423
424 /* Segment associated with this space. */
425 asection *segment;
426 };
427 #endif
428
429 /* Structure for previous label tracking. Needed so that alignments,
430 callinfo declarations, etc can be easily attached to a particular
431 label. */
432 typedef struct label_symbol_struct
433 {
434 struct symbol *lss_label;
435 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
436 sd_chain_struct *lss_space;
437 #endif
438 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
439 segT lss_segment;
440 #endif
441 struct label_symbol_struct *lss_next;
442 }
443 label_symbol_struct;
444
445 /* Extra information needed to perform fixups (relocations) on the PA. */
446 struct hppa_fix_struct
447 {
448 /* The field selector. */
449 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt fx_r_field;
450
451 /* Type of fixup. */
452 int fx_r_type;
453
454 /* Format of fixup. */
455 int fx_r_format;
456
457 /* Argument relocation bits. */
458 unsigned int fx_arg_reloc;
459
460 /* The segment this fixup appears in. */
461 segT segment;
462 };
463
464 /* Structure to hold information about predefined registers. */
465
466 struct pd_reg
467 {
468 const char *name;
469 int value;
470 };
471
472 /* This structure defines the mapping from a FP condition string
473 to a condition number which can be recorded in an instruction. */
474 struct fp_cond_map
475 {
476 const char *string;
477 int cond;
478 };
479
480 /* This structure defines a mapping from a field selector
481 string to a field selector type. */
482 struct selector_entry
483 {
484 const char *prefix;
485 int field_selector;
486 };
487
488 /* Prototypes for functions local to tc-hppa.c. */
489
490 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
491 static void pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (void);
492 #endif
493
494 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
495 static void pa_text (int);
496 static void pa_data (int);
497 static void pa_comm (int);
498 #endif
499 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
500 static int exact_log2 (int);
501 static void pa_compiler (int);
502 static void pa_align (int);
503 static void pa_space (int);
504 static void pa_spnum (int);
505 static void pa_subspace (int);
506 static sd_chain_struct *create_new_space (const char *, int, int,
507 int, int, int,
508 asection *, int);
509 static ssd_chain_struct *create_new_subspace (sd_chain_struct *,
510 const char *, int, int,
511 int, int, int, int,
512 int, int, int, int,
513 int, asection *);
514 static ssd_chain_struct *update_subspace (sd_chain_struct *,
515 char *, int, int, int,
516 int, int, int, int,
517 int, int, int, int,
518 asection *);
519 static sd_chain_struct *is_defined_space (const char *);
520 static ssd_chain_struct *is_defined_subspace (const char *);
521 static sd_chain_struct *pa_segment_to_space (asection *);
522 static ssd_chain_struct *pa_subsegment_to_subspace (asection *,
523 subsegT);
524 static sd_chain_struct *pa_find_space_by_number (int);
525 static unsigned int pa_subspace_start (sd_chain_struct *, int);
526 static sd_chain_struct *pa_parse_space_stmt (const char *, int);
527 #endif
528
529 /* File and globally scoped variable declarations. */
530
531 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
532 /* Root and final entry in the space chain. */
533 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_root;
534 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_last;
535
536 /* The current space and subspace. */
537 static sd_chain_struct *current_space;
538 static ssd_chain_struct *current_subspace;
539 #endif
540
541 /* Root of the call_info chain. */
542 static struct call_info *call_info_root;
543
544 /* The last call_info (for functions) structure
545 seen so it can be associated with fixups and
546 function labels. */
547 static struct call_info *last_call_info;
548
549 /* The last call description (for actual calls). */
550 static struct call_desc last_call_desc;
551
552 /* handle of the OPCODE hash table */
553 static struct hash_control *op_hash = NULL;
554
555 /* These characters can be suffixes of opcode names and they may be
556 followed by meaningful whitespace. We don't include `,' and `!'
557 as they never appear followed by meaningful whitespace. */
558 const char hppa_symbol_chars[] = "*?=<>";
559
560 /* This array holds the chars that only start a comment at the beginning of
561 a line. If the line seems to have the form '# 123 filename'
562 .line and .file directives will appear in the pre-processed output.
563
564 Note that input_file.c hand checks for '#' at the beginning of the
565 first line of the input file. This is because the compiler outputs
566 #NO_APP at the beginning of its output.
567
568 Also note that C style comments will always work. */
569 const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
570
571 /* This array holds the chars that always start a comment. If the
572 pre-processor is disabled, these aren't very useful. */
573 const char comment_chars[] = ";";
574
575 /* This array holds the characters which act as line separators. */
576 const char line_separator_chars[] = "!";
577
578 /* Chars that can be used to separate mant from exp in floating point nums. */
579 const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
580
581 /* Chars that mean this number is a floating point constant.
582 As in 0f12.456 or 0d1.2345e12.
583
584 Be aware that MAXIMUM_NUMBER_OF_CHARS_FOR_FLOAT may have to be
585 changed in read.c. Ideally it shouldn't have to know about it
586 at all, but nothing is ideal around here. */
587 const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP";
588
589 static struct pa_it the_insn;
590
591 /* Points to the end of an expression just parsed by get_expression
592 and friends. FIXME. This shouldn't be handled with a file-global
593 variable. */
594 static char *expr_end;
595
596 /* Nonzero if a .callinfo appeared within the current procedure. */
597 static int callinfo_found;
598
599 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a .entry/.exit pair. */
600 static int within_entry_exit;
601
602 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a procedure definition. */
603 static int within_procedure;
604
605 /* Handle on structure which keep track of the last symbol
606 seen in each subspace. */
607 static label_symbol_struct *label_symbols_rootp = NULL;
608
609 /* Last label symbol */
610 static label_symbol_struct last_label_symbol;
611
612 /* Nonzero when strict matching is enabled. Zero otherwise.
613
614 Each opcode in the table has a flag which indicates whether or
615 not strict matching should be enabled for that instruction.
616
617 Mainly, strict causes errors to be ignored when a match failure
618 occurs. However, it also affects the parsing of register fields
619 by pa_parse_number. */
620 static int strict;
621
622 /* pa_parse_number returns values in `pa_number'. Mostly
623 pa_parse_number is used to return a register number, with floating
624 point registers being numbered from FP_REG_BASE upwards.
625 The bit specified with FP_REG_RSEL is set if the floating point
626 register has a `r' suffix. */
627 #define FP_REG_BASE 64
628 #define FP_REG_RSEL 128
629 static int pa_number;
630
631 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
632 /* A dummy bfd symbol so that all relocations have symbols of some kind. */
633 static symbolS *dummy_symbol;
634 #endif
635
636 /* Nonzero if errors are to be printed. */
637 static int print_errors = 1;
638
639 /* List of registers that are pre-defined:
640
641 Each general register has one predefined name of the form
642 %r<REGNUM> which has the value <REGNUM>.
643
644 Space and control registers are handled in a similar manner,
645 but use %sr<REGNUM> and %cr<REGNUM> as their predefined names.
646
647 Likewise for the floating point registers, but of the form
648 %fr<REGNUM>. Floating point registers have additional predefined
649 names with 'L' and 'R' suffixes (e.g. %fr19L, %fr19R) which
650 again have the value <REGNUM>.
651
652 Many registers also have synonyms:
653
654 %r26 - %r23 have %arg0 - %arg3 as synonyms
655 %r28 - %r29 have %ret0 - %ret1 as synonyms
656 %fr4 - %fr7 have %farg0 - %farg3 as synonyms
657 %r30 has %sp as a synonym
658 %r27 has %dp as a synonym
659 %r2 has %rp as a synonym
660
661 Almost every control register has a synonym; they are not listed
662 here for brevity.
663
664 The table is sorted. Suitable for searching by a binary search. */
665
666 static const struct pd_reg pre_defined_registers[] =
667 {
668 {"%arg0", 26},
669 {"%arg1", 25},
670 {"%arg2", 24},
671 {"%arg3", 23},
672 {"%cr0", 0},
673 {"%cr10", 10},
674 {"%cr11", 11},
675 {"%cr12", 12},
676 {"%cr13", 13},
677 {"%cr14", 14},
678 {"%cr15", 15},
679 {"%cr16", 16},
680 {"%cr17", 17},
681 {"%cr18", 18},
682 {"%cr19", 19},
683 {"%cr20", 20},
684 {"%cr21", 21},
685 {"%cr22", 22},
686 {"%cr23", 23},
687 {"%cr24", 24},
688 {"%cr25", 25},
689 {"%cr26", 26},
690 {"%cr27", 27},
691 {"%cr28", 28},
692 {"%cr29", 29},
693 {"%cr30", 30},
694 {"%cr31", 31},
695 {"%cr8", 8},
696 {"%cr9", 9},
697 {"%dp", 27},
698 {"%eiem", 15},
699 {"%eirr", 23},
700 {"%farg0", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
701 {"%farg1", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
702 {"%farg2", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
703 {"%farg3", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
704 {"%fr0", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
705 {"%fr0l", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
706 {"%fr0r", 0 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
707 {"%fr1", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
708 {"%fr10", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
709 {"%fr10l", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
710 {"%fr10r", 10 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
711 {"%fr11", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
712 {"%fr11l", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
713 {"%fr11r", 11 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
714 {"%fr12", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
715 {"%fr12l", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
716 {"%fr12r", 12 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
717 {"%fr13", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
718 {"%fr13l", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
719 {"%fr13r", 13 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
720 {"%fr14", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
721 {"%fr14l", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
722 {"%fr14r", 14 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
723 {"%fr15", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
724 {"%fr15l", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
725 {"%fr15r", 15 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
726 {"%fr16", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
727 {"%fr16l", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
728 {"%fr16r", 16 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
729 {"%fr17", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
730 {"%fr17l", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
731 {"%fr17r", 17 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
732 {"%fr18", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
733 {"%fr18l", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
734 {"%fr18r", 18 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
735 {"%fr19", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
736 {"%fr19l", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
737 {"%fr19r", 19 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
738 {"%fr1l", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
739 {"%fr1r", 1 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
740 {"%fr2", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
741 {"%fr20", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
742 {"%fr20l", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
743 {"%fr20r", 20 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
744 {"%fr21", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
745 {"%fr21l", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
746 {"%fr21r", 21 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
747 {"%fr22", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
748 {"%fr22l", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
749 {"%fr22r", 22 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
750 {"%fr23", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
751 {"%fr23l", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
752 {"%fr23r", 23 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
753 {"%fr24", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
754 {"%fr24l", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
755 {"%fr24r", 24 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
756 {"%fr25", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
757 {"%fr25l", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
758 {"%fr25r", 25 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
759 {"%fr26", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
760 {"%fr26l", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
761 {"%fr26r", 26 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
762 {"%fr27", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
763 {"%fr27l", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
764 {"%fr27r", 27 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
765 {"%fr28", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
766 {"%fr28l", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
767 {"%fr28r", 28 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
768 {"%fr29", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
769 {"%fr29l", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
770 {"%fr29r", 29 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
771 {"%fr2l", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
772 {"%fr2r", 2 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
773 {"%fr3", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
774 {"%fr30", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
775 {"%fr30l", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
776 {"%fr30r", 30 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
777 {"%fr31", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
778 {"%fr31l", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
779 {"%fr31r", 31 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
780 {"%fr3l", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
781 {"%fr3r", 3 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
782 {"%fr4", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
783 {"%fr4l", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
784 {"%fr4r", 4 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
785 {"%fr5", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
786 {"%fr5l", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
787 {"%fr5r", 5 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
788 {"%fr6", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
789 {"%fr6l", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
790 {"%fr6r", 6 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
791 {"%fr7", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
792 {"%fr7l", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
793 {"%fr7r", 7 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
794 {"%fr8", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
795 {"%fr8l", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
796 {"%fr8r", 8 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
797 {"%fr9", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
798 {"%fr9l", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
799 {"%fr9r", 9 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
800 {"%fret", 4},
801 {"%hta", 25},
802 {"%iir", 19},
803 {"%ior", 21},
804 {"%ipsw", 22},
805 {"%isr", 20},
806 {"%itmr", 16},
807 {"%iva", 14},
808 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
809 {"%mrp", 2},
810 #else
811 {"%mrp", 31},
812 #endif
813 {"%pcoq", 18},
814 {"%pcsq", 17},
815 {"%pidr1", 8},
816 {"%pidr2", 9},
817 {"%pidr3", 12},
818 {"%pidr4", 13},
819 {"%ppda", 24},
820 {"%r0", 0},
821 {"%r1", 1},
822 {"%r10", 10},
823 {"%r11", 11},
824 {"%r12", 12},
825 {"%r13", 13},
826 {"%r14", 14},
827 {"%r15", 15},
828 {"%r16", 16},
829 {"%r17", 17},
830 {"%r18", 18},
831 {"%r19", 19},
832 {"%r2", 2},
833 {"%r20", 20},
834 {"%r21", 21},
835 {"%r22", 22},
836 {"%r23", 23},
837 {"%r24", 24},
838 {"%r25", 25},
839 {"%r26", 26},
840 {"%r27", 27},
841 {"%r28", 28},
842 {"%r29", 29},
843 {"%r3", 3},
844 {"%r30", 30},
845 {"%r31", 31},
846 {"%r4", 4},
847 {"%r5", 5},
848 {"%r6", 6},
849 {"%r7", 7},
850 {"%r8", 8},
851 {"%r9", 9},
852 {"%rctr", 0},
853 {"%ret0", 28},
854 {"%ret1", 29},
855 {"%rp", 2},
856 {"%sar", 11},
857 {"%sp", 30},
858 {"%sr0", 0},
859 {"%sr1", 1},
860 {"%sr2", 2},
861 {"%sr3", 3},
862 {"%sr4", 4},
863 {"%sr5", 5},
864 {"%sr6", 6},
865 {"%sr7", 7},
866 {"%t1", 22},
867 {"%t2", 21},
868 {"%t3", 20},
869 {"%t4", 19},
870 {"%tf1", 11},
871 {"%tf2", 10},
872 {"%tf3", 9},
873 {"%tf4", 8},
874 {"%tr0", 24},
875 {"%tr1", 25},
876 {"%tr2", 26},
877 {"%tr3", 27},
878 {"%tr4", 28},
879 {"%tr5", 29},
880 {"%tr6", 30},
881 {"%tr7", 31}
882 };
883
884 /* This table is sorted by order of the length of the string. This is
885 so we check for <> before we check for <. If we had a <> and checked
886 for < first, we would get a false match. */
887 static const struct fp_cond_map fp_cond_map[] =
888 {
889 {"false?", 0},
890 {"false", 1},
891 {"true?", 30},
892 {"true", 31},
893 {"!<=>", 3},
894 {"!?>=", 8},
895 {"!?<=", 16},
896 {"!<>", 7},
897 {"!>=", 11},
898 {"!?>", 12},
899 {"?<=", 14},
900 {"!<=", 19},
901 {"!?<", 20},
902 {"?>=", 22},
903 {"!?=", 24},
904 {"!=t", 27},
905 {"<=>", 29},
906 {"=t", 5},
907 {"?=", 6},
908 {"?<", 10},
909 {"<=", 13},
910 {"!>", 15},
911 {"?>", 18},
912 {">=", 21},
913 {"!<", 23},
914 {"<>", 25},
915 {"!=", 26},
916 {"!?", 28},
917 {"?", 2},
918 {"=", 4},
919 {"<", 9},
920 {">", 17}
921 };
922
923 static const struct selector_entry selector_table[] =
924 {
925 {"f", e_fsel},
926 {"l", e_lsel},
927 {"ld", e_ldsel},
928 {"lp", e_lpsel},
929 {"lr", e_lrsel},
930 {"ls", e_lssel},
931 {"lt", e_ltsel},
932 {"ltp", e_ltpsel},
933 {"n", e_nsel},
934 {"nl", e_nlsel},
935 {"nlr", e_nlrsel},
936 {"p", e_psel},
937 {"r", e_rsel},
938 {"rd", e_rdsel},
939 {"rp", e_rpsel},
940 {"rr", e_rrsel},
941 {"rs", e_rssel},
942 {"rt", e_rtsel},
943 {"rtp", e_rtpsel},
944 {"t", e_tsel},
945 };
946
947 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
948 /* default space and subspace dictionaries */
949
950 #define GDB_SYMBOLS GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME
951 #define GDB_STRINGS GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME
952
953 /* pre-defined subsegments (subspaces) for the HPPA. */
954 #define SUBSEG_CODE 0
955 #define SUBSEG_LIT 1
956 #define SUBSEG_MILLI 2
957 #define SUBSEG_DATA 0
958 #define SUBSEG_BSS 2
959 #define SUBSEG_UNWIND 3
960 #define SUBSEG_GDB_STRINGS 0
961 #define SUBSEG_GDB_SYMBOLS 1
962
963 static struct default_subspace_dict pa_def_subspaces[] =
964 {
965 {"$CODE$", 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_CODE},
966 {"$DATA$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_DATA},
967 {"$LIT$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 16, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_LIT},
968 {"$MILLICODE$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 8, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_MILLI},
969 {"$BSS$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 80, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_BSS},
970 {NULL, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 255, 0x1f, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0}
971 };
972
973 static struct default_space_dict pa_def_spaces[] =
974 {
975 {"$TEXT$", 0, 1, 1, 0, 8, ASEC_NULL},
976 {"$PRIVATE$", 1, 1, 1, 1, 16, ASEC_NULL},
977 {NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ASEC_NULL}
978 };
979
980 /* Misc local definitions used by the assembler. */
981
982 /* These macros are used to maintain spaces/subspaces. */
983 #define SPACE_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_defined
984 #define SPACE_USER_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_user_defined
985 #define SPACE_SPNUM(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_spnum
986 #define SPACE_NAME(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_name
987
988 #define SUBSPACE_DEFINED(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_defined
989 #define SUBSPACE_NAME(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_name
990 #endif
991
992 /* Return nonzero if the string pointed to by S potentially represents
993 a right or left half of a FP register */
994 #define IS_R_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'R' || *(S) == 'r')
995 #define IS_L_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'L' || *(S) == 'l')
996
997 /* Store immediate values of shift/deposit/extract functions. */
998
999 #define SAVE_IMMEDIATE(VALUE) \
1000 { \
1001 if (immediate_check) \
1002 { \
1003 if (pos == -1) \
1004 pos = (VALUE); \
1005 else if (len == -1) \
1006 len = (VALUE); \
1007 } \
1008 }
1009
1010 /* Insert FIELD into OPCODE starting at bit START. Continue pa_ip
1011 main loop after insertion. */
1012
1013 #define INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE(OPCODE, FIELD, START) \
1014 { \
1015 ((OPCODE) |= (FIELD) << (START)); \
1016 continue; \
1017 }
1018
1019 /* Simple range checking for FIELD against HIGH and LOW bounds.
1020 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1021
1022 #define CHECK_FIELD(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, IGNORE) \
1023 { \
1024 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1025 { \
1026 if (! IGNORE) \
1027 as_bad (_("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1028 (int) (FIELD));\
1029 break; \
1030 } \
1031 }
1032
1033 /* Variant of CHECK_FIELD for use in md_apply_fix and other places where
1034 the current file and line number are not valid. */
1035
1036 #define CHECK_FIELD_WHERE(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, FILENAME, LINE) \
1037 { \
1038 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1039 { \
1040 as_bad_where ((FILENAME), (LINE), \
1041 _("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1042 (int) (FIELD));\
1043 break; \
1044 } \
1045 }
1046
1047 /* Simple alignment checking for FIELD against ALIGN (a power of two).
1048 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1049
1050 #define CHECK_ALIGN(FIELD, ALIGN, IGNORE) \
1051 { \
1052 if ((FIELD) & ((ALIGN) - 1)) \
1053 { \
1054 if (! IGNORE) \
1055 as_bad (_("Field not properly aligned [%d] (%d)."), (ALIGN), \
1056 (int) (FIELD));\
1057 break; \
1058 } \
1059 }
1060
1061 #define is_DP_relative(exp) \
1062 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1063 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$global$") == 0)
1064
1065 #define is_SB_relative(exp) \
1066 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1067 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$segrel$") == 0)
1068
1069 #define is_PC_relative(exp) \
1070 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1071 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0)
1072
1073 #define is_tls_gdidx(exp) \
1074 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1075 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_gdidx$") == 0)
1076
1077 #define is_tls_ldidx(exp) \
1078 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1079 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_ldidx$") == 0)
1080
1081 #define is_tls_dtpoff(exp) \
1082 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1083 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_dtpoff$") == 0)
1084
1085 #define is_tls_ieoff(exp) \
1086 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1087 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_ieoff$") == 0)
1088
1089 #define is_tls_leoff(exp) \
1090 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1091 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_leoff$") == 0)
1092
1093 /* We need some complex handling for stabs (sym1 - sym2). Luckily, we'll
1094 always be able to reduce the expression to a constant, so we don't
1095 need real complex handling yet. */
1096 #define is_complex(exp) \
1097 ((exp).X_op != O_constant && (exp).X_op != O_symbol)
1098
1099 /* Actual functions to implement the PA specific code for the assembler. */
1100
1101 /* Called before writing the object file. Make sure entry/exit and
1102 proc/procend pairs match. */
1103
1104 void
1105 pa_check_eof (void)
1106 {
1107 if (within_entry_exit)
1108 as_fatal (_("Missing .exit\n"));
1109
1110 if (within_procedure)
1111 as_fatal (_("Missing .procend\n"));
1112 }
1113
1114 /* Returns a pointer to the label_symbol_struct for the current space.
1115 or NULL if no label_symbol_struct exists for the current space. */
1116
1117 static label_symbol_struct *
1118 pa_get_label (void)
1119 {
1120 label_symbol_struct *label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1121
1122 if (label_chain)
1123 {
1124 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1125 if (current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label)
1126 return label_chain;
1127 #endif
1128 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1129 if (now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label)
1130 return label_chain;
1131 #endif
1132 }
1133
1134 return NULL;
1135 }
1136
1137 /* Defines a label for the current space. If one is already defined,
1138 this function will replace it with the new label. */
1139
1140 void
1141 pa_define_label (symbolS *symbol)
1142 {
1143 label_symbol_struct *label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1144
1145 if (!label_chain)
1146 label_chain = &last_label_symbol;
1147
1148 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1149 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1150 label_chain->lss_space = current_space;
1151 #endif
1152 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1153 label_chain->lss_segment = now_seg;
1154 #endif
1155
1156 /* Not used. */
1157 label_chain->lss_next = NULL;
1158
1159 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain;
1160
1161 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1162 dwarf2_emit_label (symbol);
1163 #endif
1164 }
1165
1166 /* Removes a label definition for the current space.
1167 If there is no label_symbol_struct entry, then no action is taken. */
1168
1169 static void
1170 pa_undefine_label (void)
1171 {
1172 label_symbols_rootp = NULL;
1173 }
1174
1175 /* An HPPA-specific version of fix_new. This is required because the HPPA
1176 code needs to keep track of some extra stuff. Each call to fix_new_hppa
1177 results in the creation of an instance of an hppa_fix_struct. An
1178 hppa_fix_struct stores the extra information along with a pointer to the
1179 original fixS. This is attached to the original fixup via the
1180 tc_fix_data field. */
1181
1182 static void
1183 fix_new_hppa (fragS *frag,
1184 int where,
1185 int size,
1186 symbolS *add_symbol,
1187 offsetT offset,
1188 expressionS *exp,
1189 int pcrel,
1190 bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type,
1191 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt r_field,
1192 int r_format,
1193 unsigned int arg_reloc,
1194 int unwind_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1195 {
1196 fixS *new_fix;
1197 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = XOBNEW (&notes, struct hppa_fix_struct);
1198
1199 if (exp != NULL)
1200 new_fix = fix_new_exp (frag, where, size, exp, pcrel, r_type);
1201 else
1202 new_fix = fix_new (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, pcrel, r_type);
1203 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
1204 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = r_type;
1205 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = r_field;
1206 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = r_format;
1207 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = arg_reloc;
1208 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
1209 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1210 if (r_type == R_ENTRY || r_type == R_EXIT)
1211 new_fix->fx_offset = unwind_bits;
1212 #endif
1213
1214 /* foo-$global$ is used to access non-automatic storage. $global$
1215 is really just a marker and has served its purpose, so eliminate
1216 it now so as not to confuse write.c. Ditto for $PIC_pcrel$0. */
1217 if (new_fix->fx_subsy
1218 && (strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$global$") == 0
1219 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$segrel$") == 0
1220 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0
1221 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_gdidx$") == 0
1222 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_ldidx$") == 0
1223 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_dtpoff$") == 0
1224 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_ieoff$") == 0
1225 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_leoff$") == 0))
1226 new_fix->fx_subsy = NULL;
1227 }
1228
1229 /* This fix_new is called by cons via TC_CONS_FIX_NEW.
1230 hppa_field_selector is set by the parse_cons_expression_hppa. */
1231
1232 void
1233 cons_fix_new_hppa (fragS *frag, int where, int size, expressionS *exp,
1234 int hppa_field_selector)
1235 {
1236 unsigned int rel_type;
1237
1238 /* Get a base relocation type. */
1239 if (is_DP_relative (*exp))
1240 rel_type = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
1241 else if (is_PC_relative (*exp))
1242 rel_type = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
1243 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1244 else if (is_SB_relative (*exp))
1245 rel_type = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
1246 else if (is_tls_gdidx (*exp))
1247 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
1248 else if (is_tls_ldidx (*exp))
1249 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
1250 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (*exp))
1251 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
1252 else if (is_tls_ieoff (*exp))
1253 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
1254 else if (is_tls_leoff (*exp))
1255 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
1256 #endif
1257 else if (is_complex (*exp))
1258 rel_type = R_HPPA_COMPLEX;
1259 else
1260 rel_type = R_HPPA;
1261
1262 if (hppa_field_selector != e_psel && hppa_field_selector != e_fsel)
1263 {
1264 as_warn (_("Invalid field selector. Assuming F%%."));
1265 hppa_field_selector = e_fsel;
1266 }
1267
1268 fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size,
1269 (symbolS *) NULL, (offsetT) 0, exp, 0, rel_type,
1270 hppa_field_selector, size * 8, 0, 0);
1271 }
1272
1273 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an expression (I think). FIXME. */
1274
1275 static void
1276 get_expression (char *str)
1277 {
1278 char *save_in;
1279 asection *seg;
1280
1281 save_in = input_line_pointer;
1282 input_line_pointer = str;
1283 seg = expression (&the_insn.exp);
1284 if (!(seg == absolute_section
1285 || seg == undefined_section
1286 || SEG_NORMAL (seg)))
1287 {
1288 as_warn (_("Bad segment in expression."));
1289 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
1290 input_line_pointer = save_in;
1291 return;
1292 }
1293 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
1294 input_line_pointer = save_in;
1295 }
1296
1297 /* Parse a PA nullification completer (,n). Return nonzero if the
1298 completer was found; return zero if no completer was found. */
1299
1300 static int
1301 pa_parse_nullif (char **s)
1302 {
1303 int nullif;
1304
1305 nullif = 0;
1306 if (**s == ',')
1307 {
1308 *s = *s + 1;
1309 if (strncasecmp (*s, "n", 1) == 0)
1310 nullif = 1;
1311 else
1312 {
1313 as_bad (_("Invalid Nullification: (%c)"), **s);
1314 nullif = 0;
1315 }
1316 *s = *s + 1;
1317 }
1318
1319 return nullif;
1320 }
1321
1322 const char *
1323 md_atof (int type, char *litP, int *sizeP)
1324 {
1325 return ieee_md_atof (type, litP, sizeP, TRUE);
1326 }
1327
1328 /* Write out big-endian. */
1329
1330 void
1331 md_number_to_chars (char *buf, valueT val, int n)
1332 {
1333 number_to_chars_bigendian (buf, val, n);
1334 }
1335
1336 /* Translate internal representation of relocation info to BFD target
1337 format. */
1338
1339 arelent **
1340 tc_gen_reloc (asection *section, fixS *fixp)
1341 {
1342 arelent *reloc;
1343 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
1344 static arelent *no_relocs = NULL;
1345 arelent **relocs;
1346 reloc_type **codes;
1347 reloc_type code;
1348 int n_relocs;
1349 int i;
1350
1351 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
1352 if (fixp->fx_addsy == 0)
1353 return &no_relocs;
1354
1355 gas_assert (hppa_fixp != 0);
1356 gas_assert (section != 0);
1357
1358 reloc = XNEW (arelent);
1359
1360 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *);
1361 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
1362
1363 /* Allow fixup_segment to recognize hand-written pc-relative relocations.
1364 When we went through cons_fix_new_hppa, we classified them as complex. */
1365 /* ??? It might be better to hide this +8 stuff in tc_cfi_emit_pcrel_expr,
1366 undefine DIFF_EXPR_OK, and let these sorts of complex expressions fail
1367 when R_HPPA_COMPLEX == R_PARISC_UNIMPLEMENTED. */
1368 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) R_HPPA_COMPLEX
1369 && fixp->fx_pcrel)
1370 {
1371 fixp->fx_r_type = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
1372 fixp->fx_offset += 8;
1373 }
1374
1375 codes = hppa_gen_reloc_type (stdoutput,
1376 fixp->fx_r_type,
1377 hppa_fixp->fx_r_format,
1378 hppa_fixp->fx_r_field,
1379 fixp->fx_subsy != NULL,
1380 symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy));
1381
1382 if (codes == NULL)
1383 {
1384 as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line, _("Cannot handle fixup"));
1385 abort ();
1386 }
1387
1388 for (n_relocs = 0; codes[n_relocs]; n_relocs++)
1389 ;
1390
1391 relocs = XNEWVEC (arelent *, n_relocs + 1);
1392 reloc = XNEWVEC (arelent, n_relocs);
1393 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
1394 relocs[i] = &reloc[i];
1395
1396 relocs[n_relocs] = NULL;
1397
1398 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1399 switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
1400 {
1401 default:
1402 gas_assert (n_relocs == 1);
1403
1404 code = *codes[0];
1405
1406 /* Now, do any processing that is dependent on the relocation type. */
1407 switch (code)
1408 {
1409 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
1410 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
1411 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14F:
1412 case R_PARISC_PLABEL32:
1413 case R_PARISC_PLABEL21L:
1414 case R_PARISC_PLABEL14R:
1415 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
1416 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
1417 (static link required). This adjustment is done in
1418 bfd/elf32-hppa.c:elf32_hppa_relocate_section.
1419
1420 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
1421 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
1422 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
1423 reloc->addend = 0;
1424 break;
1425
1426 #ifdef ELF_ARG_RELOC
1427 case R_PARISC_PCREL17R:
1428 case R_PARISC_PCREL17F:
1429 case R_PARISC_PCREL17C:
1430 case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
1431 case R_PARISC_DIR17F:
1432 case R_PARISC_PCREL21L:
1433 case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
1434 reloc->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc,
1435 fixp->fx_offset);
1436 break;
1437 #endif
1438
1439 case R_PARISC_DIR32:
1440 /* Facilitate hand-crafted unwind info. */
1441 if (strcmp (section->name, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
1442 code = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
1443 /* Fall thru */
1444
1445 default:
1446 reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
1447 break;
1448 }
1449
1450 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *);
1451 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
1452 reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1453 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
1454 reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1455
1456 gas_assert (reloc->howto && (unsigned int) code == reloc->howto->type);
1457 break;
1458 }
1459 #else /* OBJ_SOM */
1460
1461 /* Walk over reach relocation returned by the BFD backend. */
1462 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
1463 {
1464 code = *codes[i];
1465
1466 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *);
1467 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
1468 relocs[i]->howto =
1469 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1470 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
1471 relocs[i]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1472
1473 switch (code)
1474 {
1475 case R_COMP2:
1476 /* The only time we ever use a R_COMP2 fixup is for the difference
1477 of two symbols. With that in mind we fill in all four
1478 relocs now and break out of the loop. */
1479 gas_assert (i == 1);
1480 relocs[0]->sym_ptr_ptr
1481 = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
1482 relocs[0]->howto
1483 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1484 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[0]);
1485 relocs[0]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1486 relocs[0]->addend = 0;
1487 relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *);
1488 *relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
1489 relocs[1]->howto
1490 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1491 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[1]);
1492 relocs[1]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1493 relocs[1]->addend = 0;
1494 relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *);
1495 *relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_subsy);
1496 relocs[2]->howto
1497 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1498 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[2]);
1499 relocs[2]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1500 relocs[2]->addend = 0;
1501 relocs[3]->sym_ptr_ptr
1502 = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
1503 relocs[3]->howto
1504 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1505 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[3]);
1506 relocs[3]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1507 relocs[3]->addend = 0;
1508 relocs[4]->sym_ptr_ptr
1509 = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
1510 relocs[4]->howto
1511 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1512 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[4]);
1513 relocs[4]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1514 relocs[4]->addend = 0;
1515 goto done;
1516 case R_PCREL_CALL:
1517 case R_ABS_CALL:
1518 relocs[i]->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc, 0);
1519 break;
1520
1521 case R_DLT_REL:
1522 case R_DATA_PLABEL:
1523 case R_CODE_PLABEL:
1524 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
1525 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
1526 (static link required).
1527
1528 FIXME: We always assume no static link!
1529
1530 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
1531 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
1532 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
1533 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
1534 break;
1535
1536 case R_N_MODE:
1537 case R_S_MODE:
1538 case R_D_MODE:
1539 case R_R_MODE:
1540 case R_FSEL:
1541 case R_LSEL:
1542 case R_RSEL:
1543 case R_BEGIN_BRTAB:
1544 case R_END_BRTAB:
1545 case R_BEGIN_TRY:
1546 case R_N0SEL:
1547 case R_N1SEL:
1548 /* There is no symbol or addend associated with these fixups. */
1549 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *);
1550 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
1551 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
1552 break;
1553
1554 case R_END_TRY:
1555 case R_ENTRY:
1556 case R_EXIT:
1557 /* There is no symbol associated with these fixups. */
1558 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *);
1559 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
1560 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
1561 break;
1562
1563 default:
1564 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
1565 }
1566 }
1567
1568 done:
1569 #endif
1570
1571 return relocs;
1572 }
1573
1574 /* Process any machine dependent frag types. */
1575
1576 void
1577 md_convert_frag (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1578 asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1579 fragS *fragP)
1580 {
1581 unsigned int address;
1582
1583 if (fragP->fr_type == rs_machine_dependent)
1584 {
1585 switch ((int) fragP->fr_subtype)
1586 {
1587 case 0:
1588 fragP->fr_type = rs_fill;
1589 know (fragP->fr_var == 1);
1590 know (fragP->fr_next);
1591 address = fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix;
1592 if (address % fragP->fr_offset)
1593 {
1594 fragP->fr_offset =
1595 fragP->fr_next->fr_address
1596 - fragP->fr_address
1597 - fragP->fr_fix;
1598 }
1599 else
1600 fragP->fr_offset = 0;
1601 break;
1602 }
1603 }
1604 }
1605
1606 /* Round up a section size to the appropriate boundary. */
1607
1608 valueT
1609 md_section_align (asection *segment, valueT size)
1610 {
1611 int align = bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, segment);
1612 int align2 = (1 << align) - 1;
1613
1614 return (size + align2) & ~align2;
1615 }
1616
1617 /* Return the approximate size of a frag before relaxation has occurred. */
1618
1619 int
1620 md_estimate_size_before_relax (fragS *fragP, asection *segment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1621 {
1622 int size;
1623
1624 size = 0;
1625
1626 while ((fragP->fr_fix + size) % fragP->fr_offset)
1627 size++;
1628
1629 return size;
1630 }
1631 \f
1632 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1633 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1634 const char *md_shortopts = "Vc";
1635 # else
1636 const char *md_shortopts = "V";
1637 # endif
1638 #else
1639 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1640 const char *md_shortopts = "c";
1641 # else
1642 const char *md_shortopts = "";
1643 # endif
1644 #endif
1645
1646 struct option md_longopts[] =
1647 {
1648 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1649 {"warn-comment", no_argument, NULL, 'c'},
1650 #endif
1651 {NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0}
1652 };
1653 size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts);
1654
1655 int
1656 md_parse_option (int c, const char *arg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1657 {
1658 switch (c)
1659 {
1660 default:
1661 return 0;
1662
1663 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1664 case 'V':
1665 print_version_id ();
1666 break;
1667 #endif
1668 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1669 case 'c':
1670 warn_comment = 1;
1671 break;
1672 #endif
1673 }
1674
1675 return 1;
1676 }
1677
1678 void
1679 md_show_usage (FILE *stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1680 {
1681 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1682 fprintf (stream, _("\
1683 -Q ignored\n"));
1684 #endif
1685 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1686 fprintf (stream, _("\
1687 -c print a warning if a comment is found\n"));
1688 #endif
1689 }
1690 \f
1691 /* We have no need to default values of symbols. */
1692
1693 symbolS *
1694 md_undefined_symbol (char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1695 {
1696 return NULL;
1697 }
1698
1699 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
1700 #define nonzero_dibits(x) \
1701 ((x) | (((x) & 0x55555555) << 1) | (((x) & 0xAAAAAAAA) >> 1))
1702 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) \
1703 (((CALLER) ^ (CALLEE)) & nonzero_dibits (CALLER) & nonzero_dibits (CALLEE))
1704 #else
1705 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) 0
1706 #endif
1707
1708 /* Apply a fixup to an instruction. */
1709
1710 void
1711 md_apply_fix (fixS *fixP, valueT *valP, segT seg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1712 {
1713 char *fixpos;
1714 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixP;
1715 offsetT new_val;
1716 int insn, val, fmt;
1717
1718 /* SOM uses R_HPPA_ENTRY and R_HPPA_EXIT relocations which can
1719 never be "applied" (they are just markers). Likewise for
1720 R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB and R_HPPA_END_BRTAB. */
1721 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1722 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ENTRY
1723 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_EXIT
1724 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
1725 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
1726 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY)
1727 return;
1728
1729 /* Disgusting. We must set fx_offset ourselves -- R_HPPA_END_TRY
1730 fixups are considered not adjustable, which in turn causes
1731 adjust_reloc_syms to not set fx_offset. Ugh. */
1732 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_TRY)
1733 {
1734 fixP->fx_offset = * valP;
1735 return;
1736 }
1737 #endif
1738 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1739 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY
1740 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT)
1741 return;
1742 #endif
1743
1744 if (fixP->fx_addsy == NULL && fixP->fx_pcrel == 0)
1745 fixP->fx_done = 1;
1746
1747 /* There should be a HPPA specific fixup associated with the GAS fixup. */
1748 hppa_fixP = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixP->tc_fix_data;
1749 if (hppa_fixP == NULL)
1750 {
1751 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
1752 _("no hppa_fixup entry for fixup type 0x%x"),
1753 fixP->fx_r_type);
1754 return;
1755 }
1756
1757 fixpos = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where;
1758
1759 if (fixP->fx_size != 4 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_format == 32)
1760 {
1761 /* Handle constant output. */
1762 number_to_chars_bigendian (fixpos, *valP, fixP->fx_size);
1763 return;
1764 }
1765
1766 insn = bfd_get_32 (stdoutput, fixpos);
1767 fmt = bfd_hppa_insn2fmt (stdoutput, insn);
1768
1769 /* If there is a symbol associated with this fixup, then it's something
1770 which will need a SOM relocation (except for some PC-relative relocs).
1771 In such cases we should treat the "val" or "addend" as zero since it
1772 will be added in as needed from fx_offset in tc_gen_reloc. */
1773 if ((fixP->fx_addsy != NULL
1774 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_NONE)
1775 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1776 && fmt != 32
1777 #endif
1778 )
1779 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
1780 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1781 /* These field selectors imply that we do not want an addend. */
1782 else if (hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_psel
1783 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
1784 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_lpsel
1785 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_tsel
1786 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
1787 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_ltsel)
1788 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
1789 #endif
1790 else
1791 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
1792
1793 /* Handle pc-relative exceptions from above. */
1794 if ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22)
1795 && fixP->fx_addsy
1796 && fixP->fx_pcrel
1797 && !arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixP->fx_addsy),
1798 hppa_fixP->fx_arg_reloc)
1799 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1800 && (* valP - 8 + 8192 < 16384
1801 || (fmt == 17 && * valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288)
1802 || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
1803 #endif
1804 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1805 && (* valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288
1806 || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
1807 #endif
1808 && !S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixP->fx_addsy)
1809 && !S_IS_WEAK (fixP->fx_addsy)
1810 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == hppa_fixP->segment
1811 && !(fixP->fx_subsy
1812 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_subsy) != hppa_fixP->segment))
1813 {
1814 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
1815 }
1816
1817 switch (fmt)
1818 {
1819 case 10:
1820 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
1821 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1822 val = new_val;
1823
1824 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1) | (((val & 0x1ff8) << 1)
1825 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
1826 break;
1827 case -11:
1828 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
1829 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1830 val = new_val;
1831
1832 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff9) | (((val & 0x1ffc) << 1)
1833 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
1834 break;
1835 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'j' operand type. */
1836 case 14:
1837 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
1838 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1839 val = new_val;
1840
1841 insn = ((insn & ~ 0x3fff) | low_sign_unext (val, 14));
1842 break;
1843
1844 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'k' operand type. */
1845 case 21:
1846 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1048575, -1048576,
1847 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1848 val = new_val;
1849
1850 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1fffff) | re_assemble_21 (val);
1851 break;
1852
1853 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'i' operand type. */
1854 case 11:
1855 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1023, -1024,
1856 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1857 val = new_val;
1858
1859 insn = (insn & ~ 0x7ff) | low_sign_unext (val, 11);
1860 break;
1861
1862 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'w' operand type. */
1863 case 12:
1864 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8191, -8192,
1865 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1866 val = new_val - 8;
1867
1868 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1ffd) | re_assemble_12 (val >> 2);
1869 break;
1870
1871 /* Handle some of the opcodes with the 'W' operand type. */
1872 case 17:
1873 {
1874 offsetT distance = * valP;
1875
1876 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
1877 range target, then we want to complain. */
1878 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
1879 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
1880 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 262143, -262144,
1881 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1882
1883 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 262143, -262144,
1884 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1885 val = new_val - 8;
1886
1887 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1f1ffd) | re_assemble_17 (val >> 2);
1888 break;
1889 }
1890
1891 case 22:
1892 {
1893 offsetT distance = * valP;
1894
1895 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
1896 range target, then we want to complain. */
1897 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
1898 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
1899 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
1900 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1901
1902 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
1903 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1904 val = new_val - 8;
1905
1906 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1ffd) | re_assemble_22 (val >> 2);
1907 break;
1908 }
1909
1910 case -10:
1911 val = new_val;
1912 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff1) | re_assemble_16 (val & -8);
1913 break;
1914
1915 case -16:
1916 val = new_val;
1917 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff9) | re_assemble_16 (val & -4);
1918 break;
1919
1920 case 16:
1921 val = new_val;
1922 insn = (insn & ~ 0xffff) | re_assemble_16 (val);
1923 break;
1924
1925 case 32:
1926 insn = new_val;
1927 break;
1928
1929 default:
1930 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
1931 _("Unknown relocation encountered in md_apply_fix."));
1932 return;
1933 }
1934
1935 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1936 switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
1937 {
1938 case R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L:
1939 case R_PARISC_TLS_GD14R:
1940 case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L:
1941 case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM14R:
1942 case R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L:
1943 case R_PARISC_TLS_LE14R:
1944 case R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L:
1945 case R_PARISC_TLS_IE14R:
1946 if (fixP->fx_addsy)
1947 S_SET_THREAD_LOCAL (fixP->fx_addsy);
1948 break;
1949 default:
1950 break;
1951 }
1952 #endif
1953
1954 /* Insert the relocation. */
1955 bfd_put_32 (stdoutput, insn, fixpos);
1956 }
1957
1958 /* Exactly what point is a PC-relative offset relative TO?
1959 On the PA, they're relative to the address of the offset. */
1960
1961 long
1962 md_pcrel_from (fixS *fixP)
1963 {
1964 return fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
1965 }
1966
1967 /* Return nonzero if the input line pointer is at the end of
1968 a statement. */
1969
1970 static int
1971 is_end_of_statement (void)
1972 {
1973 return ((*input_line_pointer == '\n')
1974 || (*input_line_pointer == ';')
1975 || (*input_line_pointer == '!'));
1976 }
1977
1978 #define REG_NAME_CNT (sizeof (pre_defined_registers) / sizeof (struct pd_reg))
1979
1980 /* Given NAME, find the register number associated with that name, return
1981 the integer value associated with the given name or -1 on failure. */
1982
1983 static int
1984 reg_name_search (char *name)
1985 {
1986 int middle, low, high;
1987 int cmp;
1988
1989 low = 0;
1990 high = REG_NAME_CNT - 1;
1991
1992 do
1993 {
1994 middle = (low + high) / 2;
1995 cmp = strcasecmp (name, pre_defined_registers[middle].name);
1996 if (cmp < 0)
1997 high = middle - 1;
1998 else if (cmp > 0)
1999 low = middle + 1;
2000 else
2001 return pre_defined_registers[middle].value;
2002 }
2003 while (low <= high);
2004
2005 return -1;
2006 }
2007
2008 /* Read a number from S. The number might come in one of many forms,
2009 the most common will be a hex or decimal constant, but it could be
2010 a pre-defined register (Yuk!), or an absolute symbol.
2011
2012 Return 1 on success or 0 on failure. If STRICT, then a missing
2013 register prefix will cause a failure. The number itself is
2014 returned in `pa_number'.
2015
2016 IS_FLOAT indicates that a PA-89 FP register number should be
2017 parsed; A `l' or `r' suffix is checked for if but 2 of IS_FLOAT is
2018 not set.
2019
2020 pa_parse_number can not handle negative constants and will fail
2021 horribly if it is passed such a constant. */
2022
2023 static int
2024 pa_parse_number (char **s, int is_float)
2025 {
2026 int num;
2027 char *name;
2028 char c;
2029 symbolS *sym;
2030 int status;
2031 char *p = *s;
2032 bfd_boolean have_prefix;
2033
2034 /* Skip whitespace before the number. */
2035 while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t')
2036 p = p + 1;
2037
2038 pa_number = -1;
2039 have_prefix = 0;
2040 num = 0;
2041 if (!strict && ISDIGIT (*p))
2042 {
2043 /* Looks like a number. */
2044
2045 if (*p == '0' && (*(p + 1) == 'x' || *(p + 1) == 'X'))
2046 {
2047 /* The number is specified in hex. */
2048 p += 2;
2049 while (ISDIGIT (*p) || ((*p >= 'a') && (*p <= 'f'))
2050 || ((*p >= 'A') && (*p <= 'F')))
2051 {
2052 if (ISDIGIT (*p))
2053 num = num * 16 + *p - '0';
2054 else if (*p >= 'a' && *p <= 'f')
2055 num = num * 16 + *p - 'a' + 10;
2056 else
2057 num = num * 16 + *p - 'A' + 10;
2058 ++p;
2059 }
2060 }
2061 else
2062 {
2063 /* The number is specified in decimal. */
2064 while (ISDIGIT (*p))
2065 {
2066 num = num * 10 + *p - '0';
2067 ++p;
2068 }
2069 }
2070
2071 pa_number = num;
2072
2073 /* Check for a `l' or `r' suffix. */
2074 if (is_float)
2075 {
2076 pa_number += FP_REG_BASE;
2077 if (! (is_float & 2))
2078 {
2079 if (IS_R_SELECT (p))
2080 {
2081 pa_number += FP_REG_RSEL;
2082 ++p;
2083 }
2084 else if (IS_L_SELECT (p))
2085 {
2086 ++p;
2087 }
2088 }
2089 }
2090 }
2091 else if (*p == '%')
2092 {
2093 /* The number might be a predefined register. */
2094 have_prefix = 1;
2095 name = p;
2096 p++;
2097 c = *p;
2098 /* Tege hack: Special case for general registers as the general
2099 code makes a binary search with case translation, and is VERY
2100 slow. */
2101 if (c == 'r')
2102 {
2103 p++;
2104 if (*p == 'e' && *(p + 1) == 't'
2105 && (*(p + 2) == '0' || *(p + 2) == '1'))
2106 {
2107 p += 2;
2108 num = *p - '0' + 28;
2109 p++;
2110 }
2111 else if (*p == 'p')
2112 {
2113 num = 2;
2114 p++;
2115 }
2116 else if (!ISDIGIT (*p))
2117 {
2118 if (print_errors)
2119 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
2120 num = -1;
2121 }
2122 else
2123 {
2124 do
2125 num = num * 10 + *p++ - '0';
2126 while (ISDIGIT (*p));
2127 }
2128 }
2129 else
2130 {
2131 /* Do a normal register search. */
2132 while (is_part_of_name (c))
2133 {
2134 p = p + 1;
2135 c = *p;
2136 }
2137 *p = 0;
2138 status = reg_name_search (name);
2139 if (status >= 0)
2140 num = status;
2141 else
2142 {
2143 if (print_errors)
2144 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
2145 num = -1;
2146 }
2147 *p = c;
2148 }
2149
2150 pa_number = num;
2151 }
2152 else
2153 {
2154 /* And finally, it could be a symbol in the absolute section which
2155 is effectively a constant, or a register alias symbol. */
2156 name = p;
2157 c = *p;
2158 while (is_part_of_name (c))
2159 {
2160 p = p + 1;
2161 c = *p;
2162 }
2163 *p = 0;
2164 if ((sym = symbol_find (name)) != NULL)
2165 {
2166 if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == reg_section)
2167 {
2168 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
2169 /* Well, we don't really have one, but we do have a
2170 register, so... */
2171 have_prefix = TRUE;
2172 }
2173 else if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == bfd_abs_section_ptr)
2174 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
2175 else if (!strict)
2176 {
2177 if (print_errors)
2178 as_bad (_("Non-absolute symbol: '%s'."), name);
2179 num = -1;
2180 }
2181 }
2182 else if (!strict)
2183 {
2184 /* There is where we'd come for an undefined symbol
2185 or for an empty string. For an empty string we
2186 will return zero. That's a concession made for
2187 compatibility with the braindamaged HP assemblers. */
2188 if (*name == 0)
2189 num = 0;
2190 else
2191 {
2192 if (print_errors)
2193 as_bad (_("Undefined absolute constant: '%s'."), name);
2194 num = -1;
2195 }
2196 }
2197 *p = c;
2198
2199 pa_number = num;
2200 }
2201
2202 if (!strict || have_prefix)
2203 {
2204 *s = p;
2205 return 1;
2206 }
2207 return 0;
2208 }
2209
2210 /* Return nonzero if the given INSN and L/R information will require
2211 a new PA-1.1 opcode. */
2212
2213 static int
2214 need_pa11_opcode (void)
2215 {
2216 if ((pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL) != 0
2217 && !(the_insn.fpof1 == DBL && the_insn.fpof2 == DBL))
2218 {
2219 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
2220 then set a new architecture. */
2221 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < pa11)
2222 {
2223 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, pa11))
2224 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
2225 }
2226 return TRUE;
2227 }
2228 else
2229 return FALSE;
2230 }
2231
2232 /* Parse a condition for a fcmp instruction. Return the numerical
2233 code associated with the condition. */
2234
2235 static int
2236 pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (char **s)
2237 {
2238 int cond, i;
2239
2240 cond = 0;
2241
2242 for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
2243 {
2244 if (strncasecmp (*s, fp_cond_map[i].string,
2245 strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string)) == 0)
2246 {
2247 cond = fp_cond_map[i].cond;
2248 *s += strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
2249 /* If not a complete match, back up the input string and
2250 report an error. */
2251 if (**s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2252 {
2253 *s -= strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
2254 break;
2255 }
2256 while (**s == ' ' || **s == '\t')
2257 *s = *s + 1;
2258 return cond;
2259 }
2260 }
2261
2262 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Compare Condition: %s"), *s);
2263
2264 /* Advance over the bogus completer. */
2265 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2266 *s += 1;
2267
2268 return 0;
2269 }
2270
2271 /* Parse a graphics test complete for ftest. */
2272
2273 static int
2274 pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (char **s)
2275 {
2276 int value;
2277
2278 value = 0;
2279 if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc8", 4) == 0)
2280 {
2281 value = 5;
2282 *s += 4;
2283 }
2284 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc6", 4) == 0)
2285 {
2286 value = 9;
2287 *s += 4;
2288 }
2289 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc4", 4) == 0)
2290 {
2291 value = 13;
2292 *s += 4;
2293 }
2294 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc2", 4) == 0)
2295 {
2296 value = 17;
2297 *s += 4;
2298 }
2299 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc", 3) == 0)
2300 {
2301 value = 1;
2302 *s += 3;
2303 }
2304 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej8", 4) == 0)
2305 {
2306 value = 6;
2307 *s += 4;
2308 }
2309 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej", 3) == 0)
2310 {
2311 value = 2;
2312 *s += 3;
2313 }
2314 else
2315 {
2316 value = 0;
2317 as_bad (_("Invalid FTEST completer: %s"), *s);
2318 }
2319
2320 return value;
2321 }
2322
2323 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
2324 type. */
2325
2326 static fp_operand_format
2327 pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (char **s)
2328 {
2329 int format;
2330
2331 format = SGL;
2332 if (**s == ',')
2333 {
2334 *s += 1;
2335 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
2336 {
2337 format = SGL;
2338 *s += 4;
2339 }
2340 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
2341 {
2342 format = DBL;
2343 *s += 4;
2344 }
2345 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
2346 {
2347 format = QUAD;
2348 *s += 5;
2349 }
2350 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "w", 1) == 0)
2351 {
2352 format = W;
2353 *s += 2;
2354 }
2355 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uw", 2) == 0)
2356 {
2357 format = UW;
2358 *s += 3;
2359 }
2360 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dw", 2) == 0)
2361 {
2362 format = DW;
2363 *s += 3;
2364 }
2365 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "udw", 3) == 0)
2366 {
2367 format = UDW;
2368 *s += 4;
2369 }
2370 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "qw", 2) == 0)
2371 {
2372 format = QW;
2373 *s += 3;
2374 }
2375 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uqw", 3) == 0)
2376 {
2377 format = UQW;
2378 *s += 4;
2379 }
2380 else
2381 {
2382 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
2383 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
2384 }
2385 }
2386
2387 return format;
2388 }
2389
2390 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
2391 type. */
2392
2393 static fp_operand_format
2394 pa_parse_fp_format (char **s)
2395 {
2396 int format;
2397
2398 format = SGL;
2399 if (**s == ',')
2400 {
2401 *s += 1;
2402 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
2403 {
2404 format = SGL;
2405 *s += 4;
2406 }
2407 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
2408 {
2409 format = DBL;
2410 *s += 4;
2411 }
2412 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
2413 {
2414 format = QUAD;
2415 *s += 5;
2416 }
2417 else
2418 {
2419 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
2420 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
2421 }
2422 }
2423
2424 return format;
2425 }
2426
2427 /* Convert from a selector string into a selector type. */
2428
2429 static int
2430 pa_chk_field_selector (char **str)
2431 {
2432 int middle, low, high;
2433 int cmp;
2434 char name[4];
2435
2436 /* Read past any whitespace. */
2437 /* FIXME: should we read past newlines and formfeeds??? */
2438 while (**str == ' ' || **str == '\t' || **str == '\n' || **str == '\f')
2439 *str = *str + 1;
2440
2441 if ((*str)[1] == '\'' || (*str)[1] == '%')
2442 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
2443 name[1] = 0;
2444 else if ((*str)[2] == '\'' || (*str)[2] == '%')
2445 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
2446 name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]),
2447 name[2] = 0;
2448 else if ((*str)[3] == '\'' || (*str)[3] == '%')
2449 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
2450 name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]),
2451 name[2] = TOLOWER ((*str)[2]),
2452 name[3] = 0;
2453 else
2454 return e_fsel;
2455
2456 low = 0;
2457 high = sizeof (selector_table) / sizeof (struct selector_entry) - 1;
2458
2459 do
2460 {
2461 middle = (low + high) / 2;
2462 cmp = strcmp (name, selector_table[middle].prefix);
2463 if (cmp < 0)
2464 high = middle - 1;
2465 else if (cmp > 0)
2466 low = middle + 1;
2467 else
2468 {
2469 *str += strlen (name) + 1;
2470 #ifndef OBJ_SOM
2471 if (selector_table[middle].field_selector == e_nsel)
2472 return e_fsel;
2473 #endif
2474 return selector_table[middle].field_selector;
2475 }
2476 }
2477 while (low <= high);
2478
2479 return e_fsel;
2480 }
2481
2482 /* Parse a .byte, .word, .long expression for the HPPA. Called by
2483 cons via the TC_PARSE_CONS_EXPRESSION macro. */
2484
2485 int
2486 parse_cons_expression_hppa (expressionS *exp)
2487 {
2488 int hppa_field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&input_line_pointer);
2489 expression (exp);
2490 return hppa_field_selector;
2491 }
2492
2493 /* Evaluate an absolute expression EXP which may be modified by
2494 the selector FIELD_SELECTOR. Return the value of the expression. */
2495 static int
2496 evaluate_absolute (struct pa_it *insn)
2497 {
2498 offsetT value;
2499 expressionS exp;
2500 int field_selector = insn->field_selector;
2501
2502 exp = insn->exp;
2503 value = exp.X_add_number;
2504
2505 return hppa_field_adjust (0, value, field_selector);
2506 }
2507
2508 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an absolute expression. FIXME. */
2509
2510 static int
2511 pa_get_absolute_expression (struct pa_it *insn, char **strp)
2512 {
2513 char *save_in;
2514
2515 insn->field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (strp);
2516 save_in = input_line_pointer;
2517 input_line_pointer = *strp;
2518 expression (&insn->exp);
2519 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
2520 input_line_pointer = save_in;
2521 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant)
2522 {
2523 /* We have a non-match in strict mode. */
2524 if (!strict)
2525 as_bad (_("Bad segment (should be absolute)."));
2526 return 0;
2527 }
2528 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
2529 }
2530
2531 /* Get an absolute number. The input string is terminated at the
2532 first whitespace character. */
2533
2534 static int
2535 pa_get_number (struct pa_it *insn, char **strp)
2536 {
2537 char *save_in;
2538 char *s, c;
2539 int result;
2540
2541 save_in = input_line_pointer;
2542 input_line_pointer = *strp;
2543
2544 /* The PA assembly syntax is ambiguous in a variety of ways. Consider
2545 this string "4 %r5" Is that the number 4 followed by the register
2546 r5, or is that 4 MOD r5? This situation occurs for example in the
2547 coprocessor load and store instructions. Previously, calling
2548 pa_get_absolute_expression directly results in r5 being entered
2549 in the symbol table.
2550
2551 So, when looking for an absolute number, we cut off the input string
2552 at the first whitespace character. Thus, expressions should generally
2553 contain no whitespace. */
2554
2555 s = *strp;
2556 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2557 s++;
2558
2559 c = *s;
2560 *s = 0;
2561
2562 result = pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp);
2563
2564 input_line_pointer = save_in;
2565 *s = c;
2566 return result;
2567 }
2568
2569 /* Given an argument location specification return the associated
2570 argument location number. */
2571
2572 static unsigned int
2573 pa_build_arg_reloc (char *type_name)
2574 {
2575
2576 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "no", 2) == 0)
2577 return 0;
2578 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "gr", 2) == 0)
2579 return 1;
2580 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fr", 2) == 0)
2581 return 2;
2582 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fu", 2) == 0)
2583 return 3;
2584 else
2585 as_bad (_("Invalid argument location: %s\n"), type_name);
2586
2587 return 0;
2588 }
2589
2590 /* Encode and return an argument relocation specification for
2591 the given register in the location specified by arg_reloc. */
2592
2593 static unsigned int
2594 pa_align_arg_reloc (unsigned int reg, unsigned int arg_reloc)
2595 {
2596 unsigned int new_reloc;
2597
2598 new_reloc = arg_reloc;
2599 switch (reg)
2600 {
2601 case 0:
2602 new_reloc <<= 8;
2603 break;
2604 case 1:
2605 new_reloc <<= 6;
2606 break;
2607 case 2:
2608 new_reloc <<= 4;
2609 break;
2610 case 3:
2611 new_reloc <<= 2;
2612 break;
2613 default:
2614 as_bad (_("Invalid argument description: %d"), reg);
2615 }
2616
2617 return new_reloc;
2618 }
2619
2620 /* Parse a non-negated compare/subtract completer returning the
2621 number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
2622
2623 static int
2624 pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (char **s)
2625 {
2626 int cmpltr;
2627 char *name = *s + 1;
2628 char c;
2629 char *save_s = *s;
2630 int nullify = 0;
2631
2632 cmpltr = 0;
2633 if (**s == ',')
2634 {
2635 *s += 1;
2636 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2637 *s += 1;
2638 c = **s;
2639 **s = 0x00;
2640
2641 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2642 {
2643 cmpltr = 1;
2644 }
2645 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2646 {
2647 cmpltr = 2;
2648 }
2649 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2650 {
2651 cmpltr = 3;
2652 }
2653 else if (strcmp (name, "<<") == 0)
2654 {
2655 cmpltr = 4;
2656 }
2657 else if (strcmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
2658 {
2659 cmpltr = 5;
2660 }
2661 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2662 {
2663 cmpltr = 6;
2664 }
2665 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2666 {
2667 cmpltr = 7;
2668 }
2669 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
2670 completer. */
2671 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
2672 {
2673 cmpltr = 0;
2674 nullify = 1;
2675 }
2676 else
2677 {
2678 cmpltr = -1;
2679 }
2680 **s = c;
2681 }
2682
2683 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
2684 if (nullify)
2685 *s = save_s;
2686
2687 return cmpltr;
2688 }
2689
2690 /* Parse a negated compare/subtract completer returning the
2691 number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
2692
2693 static int
2694 pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (char **s)
2695 {
2696 int cmpltr;
2697 char *name = *s + 1;
2698 char c;
2699 char *save_s = *s;
2700 int nullify = 0;
2701
2702 cmpltr = 0;
2703 if (**s == ',')
2704 {
2705 *s += 1;
2706 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2707 *s += 1;
2708 c = **s;
2709 **s = 0x00;
2710
2711 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2712 {
2713 cmpltr = 0;
2714 }
2715 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2716 {
2717 cmpltr = 1;
2718 }
2719 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2720 {
2721 cmpltr = 2;
2722 }
2723 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2724 {
2725 cmpltr = 3;
2726 }
2727 else if (strcmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
2728 {
2729 cmpltr = 4;
2730 }
2731 else if (strcmp (name, ">>") == 0)
2732 {
2733 cmpltr = 5;
2734 }
2735 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
2736 {
2737 cmpltr = 6;
2738 }
2739 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2740 {
2741 cmpltr = 7;
2742 }
2743 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
2744 completer. */
2745 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
2746 {
2747 cmpltr = 0;
2748 nullify = 1;
2749 }
2750 else
2751 {
2752 cmpltr = -1;
2753 }
2754 **s = c;
2755 }
2756
2757 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
2758 if (nullify)
2759 *s = save_s;
2760
2761 return cmpltr;
2762 }
2763
2764 /* Parse a 64 bit compare and branch completer returning the number (for
2765 encoding in instructions) of the given completer.
2766
2767 Nonnegated comparisons are returned as 0-7, negated comparisons are
2768 returned as 8-15. */
2769
2770 static int
2771 pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (char **s)
2772 {
2773 int cmpltr;
2774 char *name = *s + 1;
2775 char c;
2776
2777 cmpltr = -1;
2778 if (**s == ',')
2779 {
2780 *s += 1;
2781 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2782 *s += 1;
2783 c = **s;
2784 **s = 0x00;
2785
2786 if (strcmp (name, "*") == 0)
2787 {
2788 cmpltr = 0;
2789 }
2790 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
2791 {
2792 cmpltr = 1;
2793 }
2794 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
2795 {
2796 cmpltr = 2;
2797 }
2798 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
2799 {
2800 cmpltr = 3;
2801 }
2802 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
2803 {
2804 cmpltr = 4;
2805 }
2806 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<=") == 0)
2807 {
2808 cmpltr = 5;
2809 }
2810 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*sv") == 0)
2811 {
2812 cmpltr = 6;
2813 }
2814 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*od") == 0)
2815 {
2816 cmpltr = 7;
2817 }
2818 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*tr") == 0)
2819 {
2820 cmpltr = 8;
2821 }
2822 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
2823 {
2824 cmpltr = 9;
2825 }
2826 else if (strcmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
2827 {
2828 cmpltr = 10;
2829 }
2830 else if (strcmp (name, "*>") == 0)
2831 {
2832 cmpltr = 11;
2833 }
2834 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
2835 {
2836 cmpltr = 12;
2837 }
2838 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>") == 0)
2839 {
2840 cmpltr = 13;
2841 }
2842 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*nsv") == 0)
2843 {
2844 cmpltr = 14;
2845 }
2846 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*ev") == 0)
2847 {
2848 cmpltr = 15;
2849 }
2850 else
2851 {
2852 cmpltr = -1;
2853 }
2854 **s = c;
2855 }
2856
2857 return cmpltr;
2858 }
2859
2860 /* Parse a 64 bit compare immediate and branch completer returning the number
2861 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
2862
2863 static int
2864 pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (char **s)
2865 {
2866 int cmpltr;
2867 char *name = *s + 1;
2868 char c;
2869
2870 cmpltr = -1;
2871 if (**s == ',')
2872 {
2873 *s += 1;
2874 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2875 *s += 1;
2876 c = **s;
2877 **s = 0x00;
2878
2879 if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
2880 {
2881 cmpltr = 0;
2882 }
2883 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
2884 {
2885 cmpltr = 1;
2886 }
2887 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
2888 {
2889 cmpltr = 2;
2890 }
2891 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
2892 {
2893 cmpltr = 3;
2894 }
2895 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
2896 {
2897 cmpltr = 4;
2898 }
2899 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
2900 {
2901 cmpltr = 5;
2902 }
2903 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
2904 {
2905 cmpltr = 6;
2906 }
2907 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
2908 {
2909 cmpltr = 7;
2910 }
2911 else
2912 {
2913 cmpltr = -1;
2914 }
2915 **s = c;
2916 }
2917
2918 return cmpltr;
2919 }
2920
2921 /* Parse a non-negated addition completer returning the number
2922 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
2923
2924 static int
2925 pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (char **s)
2926 {
2927 int cmpltr;
2928 char *name = *s + 1;
2929 char c;
2930 char *save_s = *s;
2931 int nullify = 0;
2932
2933 cmpltr = 0;
2934 if (**s == ',')
2935 {
2936 *s += 1;
2937 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2938 *s += 1;
2939 c = **s;
2940 **s = 0x00;
2941 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2942 {
2943 cmpltr = 1;
2944 }
2945 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2946 {
2947 cmpltr = 2;
2948 }
2949 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2950 {
2951 cmpltr = 3;
2952 }
2953 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
2954 {
2955 cmpltr = 4;
2956 }
2957 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
2958 {
2959 cmpltr = 5;
2960 }
2961 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2962 {
2963 cmpltr = 6;
2964 }
2965 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2966 {
2967 cmpltr = 7;
2968 }
2969 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
2970 completer. */
2971 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
2972 {
2973 cmpltr = 0;
2974 nullify = 1;
2975 }
2976 else
2977 {
2978 cmpltr = -1;
2979 }
2980 **s = c;
2981 }
2982
2983 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
2984 if (nullify)
2985 *s = save_s;
2986
2987 return cmpltr;
2988 }
2989
2990 /* Parse a negated addition completer returning the number
2991 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
2992
2993 static int
2994 pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (char **s)
2995 {
2996 int cmpltr;
2997 char *name = *s + 1;
2998 char c;
2999 char *save_s = *s;
3000 int nullify = 0;
3001
3002 cmpltr = 0;
3003 if (**s == ',')
3004 {
3005 *s += 1;
3006 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
3007 *s += 1;
3008 c = **s;
3009 **s = 0x00;
3010 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
3011 {
3012 cmpltr = 0;
3013 }
3014 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
3015 {
3016 cmpltr = 1;
3017 }
3018 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
3019 {
3020 cmpltr = 2;
3021 }
3022 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
3023 {
3024 cmpltr = 3;
3025 }
3026 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
3027 {
3028 cmpltr = 4;
3029 }
3030 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
3031 {
3032 cmpltr = 5;
3033 }
3034 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
3035 {
3036 cmpltr = 6;
3037 }
3038 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
3039 {
3040 cmpltr = 7;
3041 }
3042 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
3043 completer. */
3044 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
3045 {
3046 cmpltr = 0;
3047 nullify = 1;
3048 }
3049 else
3050 {
3051 cmpltr = -1;
3052 }
3053 **s = c;
3054 }
3055
3056 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
3057 if (nullify)
3058 *s = save_s;
3059
3060 return cmpltr;
3061 }
3062
3063 /* Parse a 64 bit wide mode add and branch completer returning the number (for
3064 encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
3065
3066 static int
3067 pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (char **s)
3068 {
3069 int cmpltr;
3070 char *name = *s + 1;
3071 char c;
3072 char *save_s = *s;
3073 int nullify = 0;
3074
3075 cmpltr = 0;
3076 if (**s == ',')
3077 {
3078 *s += 1;
3079 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
3080 *s += 1;
3081 c = **s;
3082 **s = 0x00;
3083 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
3084 {
3085 cmpltr = 1;
3086 }
3087 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
3088 {
3089 cmpltr = 2;
3090 }
3091 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
3092 {
3093 cmpltr = 3;
3094 }
3095 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
3096 {
3097 cmpltr = 4;
3098 }
3099 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*=") == 0)
3100 {
3101 cmpltr = 5;
3102 }
3103 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<") == 0)
3104 {
3105 cmpltr = 6;
3106 }
3107 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
3108 {
3109 cmpltr = 7;
3110 }
3111 else if (strcmp (name, "tr") == 0)
3112 {
3113 cmpltr = 8;
3114 }
3115 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
3116 {
3117 cmpltr = 9;
3118 }
3119 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
3120 {
3121 cmpltr = 10;
3122 }
3123 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
3124 {
3125 cmpltr = 11;
3126 }
3127 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
3128 {
3129 cmpltr = 12;
3130 }
3131 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
3132 {
3133 cmpltr = 13;
3134 }
3135 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
3136 {
3137 cmpltr = 14;
3138 }
3139 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
3140 {
3141 cmpltr = 15;
3142 }
3143 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
3144 completer. */
3145 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
3146 {
3147 cmpltr = 0;
3148 nullify = 1;
3149 }
3150 else
3151 {
3152 cmpltr = -1;
3153 }
3154 **s = c;
3155 }
3156
3157 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
3158 if (nullify)
3159 *s = save_s;
3160
3161 return cmpltr;
3162 }
3163
3164 /* Do the real work for assembling a single instruction. Store results
3165 into the global "the_insn" variable. */
3166
3167 static void
3168 pa_ip (char *str)
3169 {
3170 const char *error_message = "";
3171 char *s, c, *argstart, *name, *save_s;
3172 const char *args;
3173 int match = FALSE;
3174 int comma = 0;
3175 int cmpltr, nullif, flag, cond, need_cond, num;
3176 int immediate_check = 0, pos = -1, len = -1;
3177 unsigned long opcode;
3178 struct pa_opcode *insn;
3179
3180 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
3181 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
3182 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
3183 #endif
3184
3185 /* Convert everything up to the first whitespace character into lower
3186 case. */
3187 for (s = str; *s != ' ' && *s != '\t' && *s != '\n' && *s != '\0'; s++)
3188 *s = TOLOWER (*s);
3189
3190 /* Skip to something interesting. */
3191 for (s = str;
3192 ISUPPER (*s) || ISLOWER (*s) || (*s >= '0' && *s <= '3');
3193 ++s)
3194 ;
3195
3196 switch (*s)
3197 {
3198
3199 case '\0':
3200 break;
3201
3202 case ',':
3203 comma = 1;
3204
3205 /*FALLTHROUGH */
3206
3207 case ' ':
3208 *s++ = '\0';
3209 break;
3210
3211 default:
3212 as_bad (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str);
3213 return;
3214 }
3215
3216 /* Look up the opcode in the hash table. */
3217 if ((insn = (struct pa_opcode *) hash_find (op_hash, str)) == NULL)
3218 {
3219 as_bad (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str);
3220 return;
3221 }
3222
3223 if (comma)
3224 *--s = ',';
3225
3226 /* Mark the location where arguments for the instruction start, then
3227 start processing them. */
3228 argstart = s;
3229 for (;;)
3230 {
3231 /* Do some initialization. */
3232 opcode = insn->match;
3233 strict = (insn->flags & FLAG_STRICT);
3234 memset (&the_insn, 0, sizeof (the_insn));
3235 need_cond = 1;
3236
3237 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_NONE;
3238
3239 if (insn->arch >= pa20
3240 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch)
3241 goto failed;
3242
3243 /* Build the opcode, checking as we go to make
3244 sure that the operands match. */
3245 for (args = insn->args;; ++args)
3246 {
3247 /* Absorb white space in instruction. */
3248 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
3249 s++;
3250
3251 switch (*args)
3252 {
3253 /* End of arguments. */
3254 case '\0':
3255 if (*s == '\0')
3256 match = TRUE;
3257 break;
3258
3259 case '+':
3260 if (*s == '+')
3261 {
3262 ++s;
3263 continue;
3264 }
3265 if (*s == '-')
3266 continue;
3267 break;
3268
3269 /* These must match exactly. */
3270 case '(':
3271 case ')':
3272 case ',':
3273 case ' ':
3274 if (*s++ == *args)
3275 continue;
3276 break;
3277
3278 /* Handle a 5 bit register or control register field at 10. */
3279 case 'b':
3280 case '^':
3281 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3282 break;
3283 num = pa_number;
3284 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3285 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3286
3287 /* Handle %sar or %cr11. No bits get set, we just verify that it
3288 is there. */
3289 case '!':
3290 /* Skip whitespace before register. */
3291 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
3292 s = s + 1;
3293
3294 if (!strncasecmp (s, "%sar", 4))
3295 {
3296 s += 4;
3297 continue;
3298 }
3299 else if (!strncasecmp (s, "%cr11", 5))
3300 {
3301 s += 5;
3302 continue;
3303 }
3304 break;
3305
3306 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 15. */
3307 case 'x':
3308 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3309 break;
3310 num = pa_number;
3311 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3312 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3313
3314 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 31. */
3315 case 't':
3316 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3317 break;
3318 num = pa_number;
3319 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3320 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3321
3322 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 10 and 15. */
3323 case 'a':
3324 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3325 break;
3326 num = pa_number;
3327 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3328 opcode |= num << 16;
3329 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3330
3331 /* Handle a 5 bit field length at 31. */
3332 case 'T':
3333 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3334 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3335 break;
3336 s = expr_end;
3337 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32, 1, 0);
3338 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
3339 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 32 - num, 0);
3340
3341 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 15. */
3342 case '5':
3343 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3344 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3345 break;
3346 s = expr_end;
3347 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
3348 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
3349 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
3350 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
3351 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3352
3353 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 31. */
3354 case 'V':
3355 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3356 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3357 break;
3358 s = expr_end;
3359 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
3360 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
3361 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
3362 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
3363 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3364
3365 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 31. */
3366 case 'r':
3367 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3368 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3369 break;
3370 s = expr_end;
3371 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3372 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3373
3374 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 15. */
3375 case 'R':
3376 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3377 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3378 break;
3379 s = expr_end;
3380 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3381 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3382
3383 /* Handle an unsigned 10 bit immediate at 15. */
3384 case 'U':
3385 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3386 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3387 break;
3388 s = expr_end;
3389 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
3390 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3391
3392 /* Handle a 2 bit space identifier at 17. */
3393 case 's':
3394 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3395 break;
3396 num = pa_number;
3397 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 0, 1);
3398 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 14);
3399
3400 /* Handle a 3 bit space identifier at 18. */
3401 case 'S':
3402 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3403 break;
3404 num = pa_number;
3405 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, 1);
3406 opcode |= re_assemble_3 (num);
3407 continue;
3408
3409 /* Handle all completers. */
3410 case 'c':
3411 switch (*++args)
3412 {
3413
3414 /* Handle a completer for an indexing load or store. */
3415 case 'X':
3416 case 'x':
3417 {
3418 int uu = 0;
3419 int m = 0;
3420 int i = 0;
3421 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
3422 {
3423 s++;
3424 if (strncasecmp (s, "sm", 2) == 0)
3425 {
3426 uu = 1;
3427 m = 1;
3428 s++;
3429 i++;
3430 }
3431 else if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
3432 m = 1;
3433 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "s ", 2) == 0)
3434 || (strncasecmp (s, "s,", 2) == 0))
3435 uu = 1;
3436 else if (strict)
3437 {
3438 /* This is a match failure. */
3439 s--;
3440 break;
3441 }
3442 else
3443 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer."));
3444 s++;
3445 i++;
3446 }
3447 if (i > 2)
3448 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer Syntax."));
3449 opcode |= m << 5;
3450 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, uu, 13);
3451 }
3452
3453 /* Handle a short load/store completer. */
3454 case 'M':
3455 case 'm':
3456 case 'q':
3457 case 'J':
3458 case 'e':
3459 {
3460 int a = 0;
3461 int m = 0;
3462 if (*s == ',')
3463 {
3464 s++;
3465 if (strncasecmp (s, "ma", 2) == 0)
3466 {
3467 a = 0;
3468 m = 1;
3469 s += 2;
3470 }
3471 else if (strncasecmp (s, "mb", 2) == 0)
3472 {
3473 a = 1;
3474 m = 1;
3475 s += 2;
3476 }
3477 else if (strict)
3478 /* This is a match failure. */
3479 s--;
3480 else
3481 {
3482 as_bad (_("Invalid Short Load/Store Completer."));
3483 s += 2;
3484 }
3485 }
3486 /* If we did not get a ma/mb completer, then we do not
3487 consider this a positive match for 'ce'. */
3488 else if (*args == 'e')
3489 break;
3490
3491 /* 'J', 'm', 'M' and 'q' are the same, except for where they
3492 encode the before/after field. */
3493 if (*args == 'm' || *args == 'M')
3494 {
3495 opcode |= m << 5;
3496 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
3497 }
3498 else if (*args == 'q')
3499 {
3500 opcode |= m << 3;
3501 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
3502 }
3503 else if (*args == 'J')
3504 {
3505 /* M bit is explicit in the major opcode. */
3506 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
3507 }
3508 else
3509 {
3510 gas_assert (*args == 'e');
3511 /* Stash the ma/mb flag temporarily in the
3512 instruction. We will use (and remove it)
3513 later when handling 'J', 'K', '<' & '>'. */
3514 opcode |= a;
3515 continue;
3516 }
3517 }
3518
3519 /* Handle a stbys completer. */
3520 case 'A':
3521 case 's':
3522 {
3523 int a = 0;
3524 int m = 0;
3525 int i = 0;
3526 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
3527 {
3528 s++;
3529 if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
3530 m = 1;
3531 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "b ", 2) == 0)
3532 || (strncasecmp (s, "b,", 2) == 0))
3533 a = 0;
3534 else if (strncasecmp (s, "e", 1) == 0)
3535 a = 1;
3536 /* In strict mode, this is a match failure. */
3537 else if (strict)
3538 {
3539 s--;
3540 break;
3541 }
3542 else
3543 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
3544 s++;
3545 i++;
3546 }
3547 if (i > 2)
3548 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
3549 opcode |= m << 5;
3550 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
3551 }
3552
3553 /* Handle load cache hint completer. */
3554 case 'c':
3555 cmpltr = 0;
3556 if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3))
3557 {
3558 s += 3;
3559 cmpltr = 2;
3560 }
3561 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
3562
3563 /* Handle store cache hint completer. */
3564 case 'C':
3565 cmpltr = 0;
3566 if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3))
3567 {
3568 s += 3;
3569 cmpltr = 2;
3570 }
3571 else if (!strncmp (s, ",bc", 3))
3572 {
3573 s += 3;
3574 cmpltr = 1;
3575 }
3576 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
3577
3578 /* Handle load and clear cache hint completer. */
3579 case 'd':
3580 cmpltr = 0;
3581 if (!strncmp (s, ",co", 3))
3582 {
3583 s += 3;
3584 cmpltr = 1;
3585 }
3586 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
3587
3588 /* Handle load ordering completer. */
3589 case 'o':
3590 if (strncmp (s, ",o", 2) != 0)
3591 break;
3592 s += 2;
3593 continue;
3594
3595 /* Handle a branch gate completer. */
3596 case 'g':
3597 if (strncasecmp (s, ",gate", 5) != 0)
3598 break;
3599 s += 5;
3600 continue;
3601
3602 /* Handle a branch link and push completer. */
3603 case 'p':
3604 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l,push", 7) != 0)
3605 break;
3606 s += 7;
3607 continue;
3608
3609 /* Handle a branch link completer. */
3610 case 'l':
3611 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
3612 break;
3613 s += 2;
3614 continue;
3615
3616 /* Handle a branch pop completer. */
3617 case 'P':
3618 if (strncasecmp (s, ",pop", 4) != 0)
3619 break;
3620 s += 4;
3621 continue;
3622
3623 /* Handle a local processor completer. */
3624 case 'L':
3625 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
3626 break;
3627 s += 2;
3628 continue;
3629
3630 /* Handle a PROBE read/write completer. */
3631 case 'w':
3632 flag = 0;
3633 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2))
3634 {
3635 flag = 1;
3636 s += 2;
3637 }
3638 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
3639 {
3640 flag = 0;
3641 s += 2;
3642 }
3643
3644 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
3645
3646 /* Handle MFCTL wide completer. */
3647 case 'W':
3648 if (strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2) != 0)
3649 break;
3650 s += 2;
3651 continue;
3652
3653 /* Handle an RFI restore completer. */
3654 case 'r':
3655 flag = 0;
3656 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
3657 {
3658 flag = 5;
3659 s += 2;
3660 }
3661
3662 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
3663
3664 /* Handle a system control completer. */
3665 case 'Z':
3666 if (*s == ',' && (*(s + 1) == 'm' || *(s + 1) == 'M'))
3667 {
3668 flag = 1;
3669 s += 2;
3670 }
3671 else
3672 flag = 0;
3673
3674 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
3675
3676 /* Handle intermediate/final completer for DCOR. */
3677 case 'i':
3678 flag = 0;
3679 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",i", 2))
3680 {
3681 flag = 1;
3682 s += 2;
3683 }
3684
3685 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
3686
3687 /* Handle zero/sign extension completer. */
3688 case 'z':
3689 flag = 1;
3690 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",z", 2))
3691 {
3692 flag = 0;
3693 s += 2;
3694 }
3695
3696 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
3697
3698 /* Handle add completer. */
3699 case 'a':
3700 flag = 1;
3701 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2))
3702 {
3703 flag = 2;
3704 s += 2;
3705 }
3706 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
3707 {
3708 flag = 3;
3709 s += 4;
3710 }
3711
3712 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
3713
3714 /* Handle 64 bit carry for ADD. */
3715 case 'Y':
3716 flag = 0;
3717 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc,tsv", 7) ||
3718 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,dc", 7))
3719 {
3720 flag = 1;
3721 s += 7;
3722 }
3723 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc", 3))
3724 {
3725 flag = 0;
3726 s += 3;
3727 }
3728 else
3729 break;
3730
3731 /* Condition is not required with "dc". */
3732 need_cond = 0;
3733 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3734
3735 /* Handle 32 bit carry for ADD. */
3736 case 'y':
3737 flag = 0;
3738 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c,tsv", 6) ||
3739 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,c", 6))
3740 {
3741 flag = 1;
3742 s += 6;
3743 }
3744 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c", 2))
3745 {
3746 flag = 0;
3747 s += 2;
3748 }
3749 else
3750 break;
3751
3752 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3753
3754 /* Handle trap on signed overflow. */
3755 case 'v':
3756 flag = 0;
3757 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
3758 {
3759 flag = 1;
3760 s += 4;
3761 }
3762
3763 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3764
3765 /* Handle trap on condition and overflow. */
3766 case 't':
3767 flag = 0;
3768 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc,tsv", 7) ||
3769 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,tc", 7))
3770 {
3771 flag = 1;
3772 s += 7;
3773 }
3774 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
3775 {
3776 flag = 0;
3777 s += 3;
3778 }
3779 else
3780 break;
3781
3782 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3783
3784 /* Handle 64 bit borrow for SUB. */
3785 case 'B':
3786 flag = 0;
3787 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db,tsv", 7) ||
3788 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,db", 7))
3789 {
3790 flag = 1;
3791 s += 7;
3792 }
3793 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db", 3))
3794 {
3795 flag = 0;
3796 s += 3;
3797 }
3798 else
3799 break;
3800
3801 /* Condition is not required with "db". */
3802 need_cond = 0;
3803 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3804
3805 /* Handle 32 bit borrow for SUB. */
3806 case 'b':
3807 flag = 0;
3808 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b,tsv", 6) ||
3809 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,b", 6))
3810 {
3811 flag = 1;
3812 s += 6;
3813 }
3814 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b", 2))
3815 {
3816 flag = 0;
3817 s += 2;
3818 }
3819 else
3820 break;
3821
3822 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3823
3824 /* Handle trap condition completer for UADDCM. */
3825 case 'T':
3826 flag = 0;
3827 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
3828 {
3829 flag = 1;
3830 s += 3;
3831 }
3832
3833 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
3834
3835 /* Handle signed/unsigned at 21. */
3836 case 'S':
3837 {
3838 int sign = 1;
3839 if (strncasecmp (s, ",s", 2) == 0)
3840 {
3841 sign = 1;
3842 s += 2;
3843 }
3844 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",u", 2) == 0)
3845 {
3846 sign = 0;
3847 s += 2;
3848 }
3849
3850 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sign, 10);
3851 }
3852
3853 /* Handle left/right combination at 17:18. */
3854 case 'h':
3855 if (*s++ == ',')
3856 {
3857 int lr = 0;
3858 if (*s == 'r')
3859 lr = 2;
3860 else if (*s == 'l')
3861 lr = 0;
3862 else
3863 as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
3864
3865 s++;
3866 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, lr, 13);
3867 }
3868 else
3869 as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
3870 break;
3871
3872 /* Handle saturation at 24:25. */
3873 case 'H':
3874 {
3875 int sat = 3;
3876 if (strncasecmp (s, ",ss", 3) == 0)
3877 {
3878 sat = 1;
3879 s += 3;
3880 }
3881 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",us", 3) == 0)
3882 {
3883 sat = 0;
3884 s += 3;
3885 }
3886
3887 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sat, 6);
3888 }
3889
3890 /* Handle permutation completer. */
3891 case '*':
3892 if (*s++ == ',')
3893 {
3894 int permloc[4];
3895 int perm = 0;
3896 int i = 0;
3897 permloc[0] = 13;
3898 permloc[1] = 10;
3899 permloc[2] = 8;
3900 permloc[3] = 6;
3901 for (; i < 4; i++)
3902 {
3903 switch (*s++)
3904 {
3905 case '0':
3906 perm = 0;
3907 break;
3908 case '1':
3909 perm = 1;
3910 break;
3911 case '2':
3912 perm = 2;
3913 break;
3914 case '3':
3915 perm = 3;
3916 break;
3917 default:
3918 as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
3919 }
3920 opcode |= perm << permloc[i];
3921 }
3922 continue;
3923 }
3924 else
3925 as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
3926 break;
3927
3928 default:
3929 abort ();
3930 }
3931 break;
3932
3933 /* Handle all conditions. */
3934 case '?':
3935 {
3936 args++;
3937 switch (*args)
3938 {
3939 /* Handle FP compare conditions. */
3940 case 'f':
3941 cond = pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (&s);
3942 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cond, 0);
3943
3944 /* Handle an add condition. */
3945 case 'A':
3946 case 'a':
3947 cmpltr = 0;
3948 flag = 0;
3949 if (*s == ',')
3950 {
3951 s++;
3952
3953 /* 64 bit conditions. */
3954 if (*args == 'A')
3955 {
3956 if (*s == '*')
3957 s++;
3958 else
3959 break;
3960 }
3961 else if (*s == '*')
3962 break;
3963
3964 name = s;
3965 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
3966 s += 1;
3967 c = *s;
3968 *s = 0x00;
3969 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
3970 cmpltr = 1;
3971 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
3972 cmpltr = 2;
3973 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
3974 cmpltr = 3;
3975 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
3976 cmpltr = 4;
3977 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
3978 cmpltr = 5;
3979 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
3980 cmpltr = 6;
3981 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
3982 cmpltr = 7;
3983 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
3984 {
3985 cmpltr = 0;
3986 flag = 1;
3987 }
3988 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
3989 {
3990 cmpltr = 1;
3991 flag = 1;
3992 }
3993 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
3994 {
3995 cmpltr = 2;
3996 flag = 1;
3997 }
3998 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
3999 {
4000 cmpltr = 3;
4001 flag = 1;
4002 }
4003 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
4004 {
4005 cmpltr = 4;
4006 flag = 1;
4007 }
4008 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
4009 {
4010 cmpltr = 5;
4011 flag = 1;
4012 }
4013 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
4014 {
4015 cmpltr = 6;
4016 flag = 1;
4017 }
4018 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
4019 {
4020 cmpltr = 7;
4021 flag = 1;
4022 }
4023 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4024 else if (*args == 'a' || *name)
4025 as_bad (_("Invalid Add Condition: %s"), name);
4026 *s = c;
4027 }
4028 /* Except with "dc", we have a match failure with
4029 'A' if we don't have a doubleword condition. */
4030 else if (*args == 'A' && need_cond)
4031 break;
4032
4033 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
4034 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
4035
4036 /* Handle non-negated add and branch condition. */
4037 case 'd':
4038 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
4039 if (cmpltr < 0)
4040 {
4041 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
4042 cmpltr = 0;
4043 }
4044 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4045
4046 /* Handle 64 bit wide-mode add and branch condition. */
4047 case 'W':
4048 cmpltr = pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (&s);
4049 if (cmpltr < 0)
4050 {
4051 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
4052 cmpltr = 0;
4053 }
4054 else
4055 {
4056 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
4057 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 24;
4058 }
4059 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
4060
4061 /* Handle a negated or non-negated add and branch
4062 condition. */
4063 case '@':
4064 save_s = s;
4065 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
4066 if (cmpltr < 0)
4067 {
4068 s = save_s;
4069 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (&s);
4070 if (cmpltr < 0)
4071 {
4072 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
4073 cmpltr = 0;
4074 }
4075 else
4076 {
4077 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
4078 opcode |= 1 << 27;
4079 }
4080 }
4081 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4082
4083 /* Handle branch on bit conditions. */
4084 case 'B':
4085 case 'b':
4086 cmpltr = 0;
4087 if (*s == ',')
4088 {
4089 s++;
4090
4091 if (*args == 'B')
4092 {
4093 if (*s == '*')
4094 s++;
4095 else
4096 break;
4097 }
4098 else if (*s == '*')
4099 break;
4100
4101 if (strncmp (s, "<", 1) == 0)
4102 {
4103 cmpltr = 0;
4104 s++;
4105 }
4106 else if (strncmp (s, ">=", 2) == 0)
4107 {
4108 cmpltr = 1;
4109 s += 2;
4110 }
4111 else
4112 as_bad (_("Invalid Branch On Bit Condition: %c"), *s);
4113 }
4114 else
4115 as_bad (_("Missing Branch On Bit Condition"));
4116
4117 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 15);
4118
4119 /* Handle a compare/subtract condition. */
4120 case 'S':
4121 case 's':
4122 cmpltr = 0;
4123 flag = 0;
4124 if (*s == ',')
4125 {
4126 s++;
4127
4128 /* 64 bit conditions. */
4129 if (*args == 'S')
4130 {
4131 if (*s == '*')
4132 s++;
4133 else
4134 break;
4135 }
4136 else if (*s == '*')
4137 break;
4138
4139 name = s;
4140 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
4141 s += 1;
4142 c = *s;
4143 *s = 0x00;
4144 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
4145 cmpltr = 1;
4146 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
4147 cmpltr = 2;
4148 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
4149 cmpltr = 3;
4150 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<") == 0)
4151 cmpltr = 4;
4152 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
4153 cmpltr = 5;
4154 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
4155 cmpltr = 6;
4156 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
4157 cmpltr = 7;
4158 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
4159 {
4160 cmpltr = 0;
4161 flag = 1;
4162 }
4163 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
4164 {
4165 cmpltr = 1;
4166 flag = 1;
4167 }
4168 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
4169 {
4170 cmpltr = 2;
4171 flag = 1;
4172 }
4173 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
4174 {
4175 cmpltr = 3;
4176 flag = 1;
4177 }
4178 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
4179 {
4180 cmpltr = 4;
4181 flag = 1;
4182 }
4183 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>") == 0)
4184 {
4185 cmpltr = 5;
4186 flag = 1;
4187 }
4188 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
4189 {
4190 cmpltr = 6;
4191 flag = 1;
4192 }
4193 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
4194 {
4195 cmpltr = 7;
4196 flag = 1;
4197 }
4198 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4199 else if (*args != 'S' || *name)
4200 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition: %s"),
4201 name);
4202 *s = c;
4203 }
4204 /* Except with "db", we have a match failure with
4205 'S' if we don't have a doubleword condition. */
4206 else if (*args == 'S' && need_cond)
4207 break;
4208
4209 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
4210 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
4211
4212 /* Handle a non-negated compare condition. */
4213 case 't':
4214 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
4215 if (cmpltr < 0)
4216 {
4217 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
4218 cmpltr = 0;
4219 }
4220 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4221
4222 /* Handle a 32 bit compare and branch condition. */
4223 case 'n':
4224 save_s = s;
4225 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
4226 if (cmpltr < 0)
4227 {
4228 s = save_s;
4229 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
4230 if (cmpltr < 0)
4231 {
4232 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare and Branch Condition"));
4233 cmpltr = 0;
4234 }
4235 else
4236 {
4237 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
4238 opcode |= 1 << 27;
4239 }
4240 }
4241
4242 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4243
4244 /* Handle a 64 bit compare and branch condition. */
4245 case 'N':
4246 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (&s);
4247 if (cmpltr >= 0)
4248 {
4249 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
4250 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 26;
4251 }
4252 else
4253 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
4254 break;
4255
4256 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
4257
4258 /* Handle a 64 bit cmpib condition. */
4259 case 'Q':
4260 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (&s);
4261 if (cmpltr < 0)
4262 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
4263 break;
4264
4265 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4266
4267 /* Handle a logical instruction condition. */
4268 case 'L':
4269 case 'l':
4270 cmpltr = 0;
4271 flag = 0;
4272 if (*s == ',')
4273 {
4274 s++;
4275
4276 /* 64 bit conditions. */
4277 if (*args == 'L')
4278 {
4279 if (*s == '*')
4280 s++;
4281 else
4282 break;
4283 }
4284 else if (*s == '*')
4285 break;
4286
4287 name = s;
4288 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
4289 s += 1;
4290 c = *s;
4291 *s = 0x00;
4292
4293 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
4294 cmpltr = 1;
4295 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
4296 cmpltr = 2;
4297 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
4298 cmpltr = 3;
4299 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
4300 cmpltr = 7;
4301 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
4302 {
4303 cmpltr = 0;
4304 flag = 1;
4305 }
4306 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
4307 {
4308 cmpltr = 1;
4309 flag = 1;
4310 }
4311 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
4312 {
4313 cmpltr = 2;
4314 flag = 1;
4315 }
4316 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
4317 {
4318 cmpltr = 3;
4319 flag = 1;
4320 }
4321 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
4322 {
4323 cmpltr = 7;
4324 flag = 1;
4325 }
4326 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4327 else if (*args != 'L' || *name)
4328 as_bad (_("Invalid Logical Instruction Condition."));
4329 *s = c;
4330 }
4331 /* 32-bit is default for no condition. */
4332 else if (*args == 'L')
4333 break;
4334
4335 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
4336 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
4337
4338 /* Handle a shift/extract/deposit condition. */
4339 case 'X':
4340 case 'x':
4341 case 'y':
4342 cmpltr = 0;
4343 /* Check immediate values in shift/extract/deposit
4344 * instructions if they will give undefined behaviour. */
4345 immediate_check = 1;
4346 if (*s == ',')
4347 {
4348 save_s = s++;
4349
4350 /* 64 bit conditions. */
4351 if (*args == 'X')
4352 {
4353 if (*s == '*')
4354 s++;
4355 else
4356 break;
4357 }
4358 else if (*s == '*')
4359 break;
4360
4361 name = s;
4362 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
4363 s += 1;
4364 c = *s;
4365 *s = 0x00;
4366 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
4367 cmpltr = 1;
4368 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
4369 cmpltr = 2;
4370 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
4371 cmpltr = 3;
4372 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
4373 cmpltr = 4;
4374 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
4375 cmpltr = 5;
4376 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
4377 cmpltr = 6;
4378 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
4379 cmpltr = 7;
4380 /* Handle movb,n. Put things back the way they were.
4381 This includes moving s back to where it started. */
4382 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && *args == 'y')
4383 {
4384 *s = c;
4385 s = save_s;
4386 continue;
4387 }
4388 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4389 else if (*args != 'X' || *name)
4390 as_bad (_("Invalid Shift/Extract/Deposit Condition."));
4391 *s = c;
4392 }
4393
4394 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4395
4396 /* Handle a unit instruction condition. */
4397 case 'U':
4398 case 'u':
4399 cmpltr = 0;
4400 flag = 0;
4401 if (*s == ',')
4402 {
4403 int uxor;
4404 s++;
4405
4406 /* 64 bit conditions. */
4407 if (*args == 'U')
4408 {
4409 if (*s == '*')
4410 s++;
4411 else
4412 break;
4413 }
4414 else if (*s == '*')
4415 break;
4416
4417 /* The uxor instruction only supports unit conditions
4418 not involving carries. */
4419 uxor = (opcode & 0xfc000fc0) == 0x08000380;
4420 if (strncasecmp (s, "sbz", 3) == 0)
4421 {
4422 cmpltr = 2;
4423 s += 3;
4424 }
4425 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shz", 3) == 0)
4426 {
4427 cmpltr = 3;
4428 s += 3;
4429 }
4430 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "sdc", 3) == 0)
4431 {
4432 cmpltr = 4;
4433 s += 3;
4434 }
4435 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "sbc", 3) == 0)
4436 {
4437 cmpltr = 6;
4438 s += 3;
4439 }
4440 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "shc", 3) == 0)
4441 {
4442 cmpltr = 7;
4443 s += 3;
4444 }
4445 else if (strncasecmp (s, "tr", 2) == 0)
4446 {
4447 cmpltr = 0;
4448 flag = 1;
4449 s += 2;
4450 }
4451 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbz", 3) == 0)
4452 {
4453 cmpltr = 2;
4454 flag = 1;
4455 s += 3;
4456 }
4457 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhz", 3) == 0)
4458 {
4459 cmpltr = 3;
4460 flag = 1;
4461 s += 3;
4462 }
4463 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "ndc", 3) == 0)
4464 {
4465 cmpltr = 4;
4466 flag = 1;
4467 s += 3;
4468 }
4469 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "nbc", 3) == 0)
4470 {
4471 cmpltr = 6;
4472 flag = 1;
4473 s += 3;
4474 }
4475 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "nhc", 3) == 0)
4476 {
4477 cmpltr = 7;
4478 flag = 1;
4479 s += 3;
4480 }
4481 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swz", 3) == 0)
4482 {
4483 cmpltr = 1;
4484 flag = 0;
4485 s += 3;
4486 }
4487 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "swc", 3) == 0)
4488 {
4489 cmpltr = 5;
4490 flag = 0;
4491 s += 3;
4492 }
4493 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwz", 3) == 0)
4494 {
4495 cmpltr = 1;
4496 flag = 1;
4497 s += 3;
4498 }
4499 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "nwc", 3) == 0)
4500 {
4501 cmpltr = 5;
4502 flag = 1;
4503 s += 3;
4504 }
4505 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4506 else if (*args != 'U' || (*s != ' ' && *s != '\t'))
4507 as_bad (_("Invalid Unit Instruction Condition."));
4508 }
4509 /* 32-bit is default for no condition. */
4510 else if (*args == 'U')
4511 break;
4512
4513 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
4514 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
4515
4516 default:
4517 abort ();
4518 }
4519 break;
4520 }
4521
4522 /* Handle a nullification completer for branch instructions. */
4523 case 'n':
4524 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
4525 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 1);
4526
4527 /* Handle a nullification completer for copr and spop insns. */
4528 case 'N':
4529 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
4530 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 5);
4531
4532 /* Handle ,%r2 completer for new syntax branches. */
4533 case 'L':
4534 if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%r2", 3) == 0)
4535 s += 4;
4536 else if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%rp", 3) == 0)
4537 s += 4;
4538 else
4539 break;
4540 continue;
4541
4542 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
4543 are 0..6 inclusive. */
4544 case 'h':
4545 get_expression (s);
4546 s = expr_end;
4547 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4548 {
4549 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4550 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
4551 num++;
4552 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
4553 }
4554 else
4555 break;
4556
4557 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
4558 are 0..6 inclusive. */
4559 case 'm':
4560 get_expression (s);
4561 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4562 {
4563 s = expr_end;
4564 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4565 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
4566 num = (num + 1) ^ 1;
4567 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
4568 }
4569 else
4570 break;
4571
4572 /* Handle graphics test completers for ftest */
4573 case '=':
4574 {
4575 num = pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (&s);
4576 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4577 }
4578
4579 /* Handle a 11 bit immediate at 31. */
4580 case 'i':
4581 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4582 get_expression (s);
4583 s = expr_end;
4584 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4585 {
4586 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4587 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, -1024, 0);
4588 num = low_sign_unext (num, 11);
4589 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4590 }
4591 else
4592 {
4593 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4594 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4595 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4596 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4597 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4598 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4599 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4600 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4601 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4602 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4603 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4604 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4605 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4606 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4607 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4608 #endif
4609 else
4610 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4611 the_insn.format = 11;
4612 continue;
4613 }
4614
4615 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
4616 case 'J':
4617 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4618 get_expression (s);
4619 s = expr_end;
4620 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4621 {
4622 int mb;
4623
4624 /* XXX the completer stored away tidbits of information
4625 for us to extract. We need a cleaner way to do this.
4626 Now that we have lots of letters again, it would be
4627 good to rethink this. */
4628 mb = opcode & 1;
4629 opcode -= mb;
4630 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4631 if (mb != (num < 0))
4632 break;
4633 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4634 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
4635 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4636 }
4637 break;
4638
4639 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
4640 case 'K':
4641 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4642 get_expression (s);
4643 s = expr_end;
4644 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4645 {
4646 int mb;
4647
4648 mb = opcode & 1;
4649 opcode -= mb;
4650 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4651 if (mb == (num < 0))
4652 break;
4653 if (num % 4)
4654 break;
4655 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4656 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
4657 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4658 }
4659 break;
4660
4661 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
4662 case '<':
4663 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4664 get_expression (s);
4665 s = expr_end;
4666 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4667 {
4668 int mb;
4669
4670 mb = opcode & 1;
4671 opcode -= mb;
4672 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4673 if (mb != (num < 0))
4674 break;
4675 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4676 num = re_assemble_16 (num);
4677 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4678 }
4679 break;
4680
4681 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
4682 case '>':
4683 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4684 get_expression (s);
4685 s = expr_end;
4686 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4687 {
4688 int mb;
4689
4690 mb = opcode & 1;
4691 opcode -= mb;
4692 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4693 if (mb == (num < 0))
4694 break;
4695 if (num % 4)
4696 break;
4697 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4698 num = re_assemble_16 (num);
4699 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4700 }
4701 break;
4702
4703 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left three times. */
4704 case '#':
4705 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) != pa20)
4706 break;
4707 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4708 get_expression (s);
4709 s = expr_end;
4710 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4711 {
4712 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4713 if (num & 0x7)
4714 break;
4715 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4716 if (num < 0)
4717 opcode |= 1;
4718 num &= 0x1fff;
4719 num >>= 3;
4720 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 4);
4721 }
4722 else
4723 {
4724 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4725 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4726 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4727 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4728 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4729 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4730 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4731 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4732 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4733 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4734 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4735 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4736 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4737 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4738 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4739 #endif
4740 else
4741 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4742 the_insn.format = 14;
4743 continue;
4744 }
4745 break;
4746
4747 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left twice. */
4748 case 'd':
4749 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4750 get_expression (s);
4751 s = expr_end;
4752 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4753 {
4754 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4755 if (num & 0x3)
4756 break;
4757 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4758 if (num < 0)
4759 opcode |= 1;
4760 num &= 0x1fff;
4761 num >>= 2;
4762 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
4763 }
4764 else
4765 {
4766 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4767 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4768 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4769 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4770 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4771 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4772 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4773 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4774 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4775 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4776 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4777 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4778 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4779 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4780 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4781 #endif
4782 else
4783 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4784 the_insn.format = 14;
4785 continue;
4786 }
4787
4788 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
4789 case 'j':
4790 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4791 get_expression (s);
4792 s = expr_end;
4793 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4794 {
4795 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4796 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4797 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
4798 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4799 }
4800 else
4801 {
4802 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4803 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4804 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4805 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4806 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4807 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4808 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4809 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4810 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4811 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4812 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4813 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4814 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4815 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4816 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4817 #endif
4818 else
4819 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4820 the_insn.format = 14;
4821 continue;
4822 }
4823
4824 /* Handle a 21 bit immediate at 31. */
4825 case 'k':
4826 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4827 get_expression (s);
4828 s = expr_end;
4829 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4830 {
4831 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4832 CHECK_FIELD (num >> 11, 1048575, -1048576, 0);
4833 opcode |= re_assemble_21 (num);
4834 continue;
4835 }
4836 else
4837 {
4838 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4839 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4840 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4841 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4842 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4843 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4844 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4845 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4846 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4847 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4848 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4849 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4850 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4851 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4852 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4853 #endif
4854 else
4855 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4856 the_insn.format = 21;
4857 continue;
4858 }
4859
4860 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31 (PA 2.0 wide mode only). */
4861 case 'l':
4862 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4863 get_expression (s);
4864 s = expr_end;
4865 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4866 {
4867 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4868 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4869 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
4870 continue;
4871 }
4872 else
4873 {
4874 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
4875 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4876 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4877 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4878 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4879 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4880 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4881 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4882 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4883 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4884 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4885 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4886 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4887 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4888 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4889 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4890 #endif
4891 else
4892 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4893 the_insn.format = 14;
4894 continue;
4895 }
4896
4897 /* Handle a word-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
4898 case 'y':
4899 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4900 get_expression (s);
4901 s = expr_end;
4902 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4903 {
4904 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4905 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4906 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 4, 0);
4907 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
4908 continue;
4909 }
4910 else
4911 {
4912 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
4913 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4914 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4915 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4916 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4917 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4918 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4919 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4920 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4921 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4922 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4923 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4924 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4925 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4926 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4927 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4928 #endif
4929 else
4930 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4931 the_insn.format = 14;
4932 continue;
4933 }
4934
4935 /* Handle a dword-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
4936 case '&':
4937 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4938 get_expression (s);
4939 s = expr_end;
4940 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4941 {
4942 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4943 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4944 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 8, 0);
4945 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
4946 continue;
4947 }
4948 else
4949 {
4950 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
4951 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4952 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4953 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4954 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4955 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4956 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4957 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4958 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4959 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4960 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4961 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4962 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4963 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4964 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4965 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4966 #endif
4967 else
4968 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4969 the_insn.format = 14;
4970 continue;
4971 }
4972
4973 /* Handle a 12 bit branch displacement. */
4974 case 'w':
4975 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4976 get_expression (s);
4977 s = expr_end;
4978 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
4979 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
4980 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
4981 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
4982 {
4983 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4984 if (num % 4)
4985 {
4986 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
4987 break;
4988 }
4989 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
4990 num -= 8;
4991 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4992 opcode |= re_assemble_12 (num >> 2);
4993 continue;
4994 }
4995 else
4996 {
4997 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4998 the_insn.format = 12;
4999 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
5000 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
5001 s = expr_end;
5002 continue;
5003 }
5004
5005 /* Handle a 17 bit branch displacement. */
5006 case 'W':
5007 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
5008 get_expression (s);
5009 s = expr_end;
5010 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
5011 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
5012 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
5013 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
5014 {
5015 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
5016 if (num % 4)
5017 {
5018 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
5019 break;
5020 }
5021 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
5022 num -= 8;
5023 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
5024 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
5025 continue;
5026 }
5027 else
5028 {
5029 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
5030 the_insn.format = 17;
5031 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
5032 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
5033 continue;
5034 }
5035
5036 /* Handle a 22 bit branch displacement. */
5037 case 'X':
5038 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
5039 get_expression (s);
5040 s = expr_end;
5041 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
5042 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
5043 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
5044 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
5045 {
5046 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
5047 if (num % 4)
5048 {
5049 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
5050 break;
5051 }
5052 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
5053 num -= 8;
5054 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8388607, -8388608, 0);
5055 opcode |= re_assemble_22 (num >> 2);
5056 }
5057 else
5058 {
5059 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
5060 the_insn.format = 22;
5061 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
5062 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
5063 continue;
5064 }
5065
5066 /* Handle an absolute 17 bit branch target. */
5067 case 'z':
5068 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
5069 get_expression (s);
5070 s = expr_end;
5071 the_insn.pcrel = 0;
5072 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
5073 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
5074 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
5075 {
5076 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
5077 if (num % 4)
5078 {
5079 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
5080 break;
5081 }
5082 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
5083 num -= 8;
5084 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
5085 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
5086 continue;
5087 }
5088 else
5089 {
5090 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_ABS_CALL;
5091 the_insn.format = 17;
5092 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
5093 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
5094 continue;
5095 }
5096
5097 /* Handle '%r1' implicit operand of addil instruction. */
5098 case 'Z':
5099 if (*s == ',' && *(s + 1) == '%' && *(s + 3) == '1'
5100 && (*(s + 2) == 'r' || *(s + 2) == 'R'))
5101 {
5102 s += 4;
5103 continue;
5104 }
5105 else
5106 break;
5107
5108 /* Handle '%sr0,%r31' implicit operand of be,l instruction. */
5109 case 'Y':
5110 if (strncasecmp (s, "%sr0,%r31", 9) != 0)
5111 break;
5112 s += 9;
5113 continue;
5114
5115 /* Handle immediate value of 0 for ordered load/store instructions. */
5116 case '@':
5117 if (*s != '0')
5118 break;
5119 s++;
5120 continue;
5121
5122 /* Handle a 2 bit shift count at 25. */
5123 case '.':
5124 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5125 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5126 break;
5127 s = expr_end;
5128 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 1, strict);
5129 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5130
5131 /* Handle a 4 bit shift count at 25. */
5132 case '*':
5133 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5134 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5135 break;
5136 s = expr_end;
5137 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, 0, strict);
5138 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5139
5140 /* Handle a 5 bit shift count at 26. */
5141 case 'p':
5142 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5143 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5144 break;
5145 s = expr_end;
5146 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
5147 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
5148 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 31 - num, 5);
5149
5150 /* Handle a 6 bit shift count at 20,22:26. */
5151 case '~':
5152 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5153 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5154 break;
5155 s = expr_end;
5156 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
5157 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
5158 num = 63 - num;
5159 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
5160 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
5161
5162 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 23,27:31. */
5163 case '%':
5164 flag = 0;
5165 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5166 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5167 break;
5168 s = expr_end;
5169 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
5170 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
5171 num--;
5172 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 3;
5173 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
5174 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5175
5176 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 19,27:31. */
5177 case '|':
5178 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5179 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5180 break;
5181 s = expr_end;
5182 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
5183 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
5184 num--;
5185 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 7;
5186 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
5187 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5188
5189 /* Handle a 5 bit bit position at 26. */
5190 case 'P':
5191 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5192 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5193 break;
5194 s = expr_end;
5195 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
5196 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
5197 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 5);
5198
5199 /* Handle a 6 bit bit position at 20,22:26. */
5200 case 'q':
5201 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5202 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5203 break;
5204 s = expr_end;
5205 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
5206 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
5207 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
5208 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
5209
5210 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10 with 'd' as the complement
5211 of the high bit of the immediate. */
5212 case 'B':
5213 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5214 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5215 break;
5216 s = expr_end;
5217 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
5218 if (num & 0x20)
5219 ;
5220 else
5221 opcode |= (1 << 13);
5222 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 21);
5223
5224 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10. */
5225 case 'Q':
5226 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5227 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5228 break;
5229 s = expr_end;
5230 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
5231 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
5232
5233 /* Handle a 9 bit immediate at 28. */
5234 case '$':
5235 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5236 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5237 break;
5238 s = expr_end;
5239 CHECK_FIELD (num, 511, 1, strict);
5240 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
5241
5242 /* Handle a 13 bit immediate at 18. */
5243 case 'A':
5244 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5245 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5246 break;
5247 s = expr_end;
5248 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, 0, strict);
5249 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
5250
5251 /* Handle a 26 bit immediate at 31. */
5252 case 'D':
5253 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5254 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5255 break;
5256 s = expr_end;
5257 CHECK_FIELD (num, 67108863, 0, strict);
5258 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5259
5260 /* Handle a 3 bit SFU identifier at 25. */
5261 case 'v':
5262 if (*s++ != ',')
5263 as_bad (_("Invalid SFU identifier"));
5264 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s);
5265 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5266 break;
5267 s = expr_end;
5268 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
5269 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5270
5271 /* Handle a 20 bit SOP field for spop0. */
5272 case 'O':
5273 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s);
5274 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5275 break;
5276 s = expr_end;
5277 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1048575, 0, strict);
5278 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000fffe0) << 6);
5279 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5280
5281 /* Handle a 15bit SOP field for spop1. */
5282 case 'o':
5283 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s);
5284 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5285 break;
5286 s = expr_end;
5287 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
5288 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
5289
5290 /* Handle a 10bit SOP field for spop3. */
5291 case '0':
5292 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s);
5293 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5294 break;
5295 s = expr_end;
5296 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
5297 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000003e0) << 6);
5298 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5299
5300 /* Handle a 15 bit SOP field for spop2. */
5301 case '1':
5302 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s);
5303 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5304 break;
5305 s = expr_end;
5306 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
5307 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x00007fe0) << 6);
5308 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5309
5310 /* Handle a 3-bit co-processor ID field. */
5311 case 'u':
5312 if (*s++ != ',')
5313 as_bad (_("Invalid COPR identifier"));
5314 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s);
5315 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5316 break;
5317 s = expr_end;
5318 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
5319 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5320
5321 /* Handle a 22bit SOP field for copr. */
5322 case '2':
5323 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s);
5324 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5325 break;
5326 s = expr_end;
5327 CHECK_FIELD (num, 4194303, 0, strict);
5328 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x003fffe0) << 4);
5329 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5330
5331 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
5332 case '{':
5333 if (*s == ',' && *(s+1) == 't')
5334 {
5335 the_insn.trunc = 1;
5336 s += 2;
5337 }
5338 else
5339 the_insn.trunc = 0;
5340 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
5341 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
5342 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
5343 flag = SGL;
5344 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
5345 flag = DBL;
5346 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
5347 flag = QUAD;
5348 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
5349
5350 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
5351 case '_':
5352 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
5353 s--;
5354 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
5355 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
5356 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
5357 flag = SGL;
5358 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
5359 flag = DBL;
5360 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
5361 flag = QUAD;
5362 opcode |= flag << 13;
5363 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL
5364 || the_insn.fpof1 == DBL
5365 || the_insn.fpof1 == QUAD)
5366 {
5367 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
5368 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
5369 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
5370 flag = 0;
5371 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == W
5372 || the_insn.fpof2 == DW
5373 || the_insn.fpof2 == QW)
5374 flag = 2;
5375 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == UW
5376 || the_insn.fpof2 == UDW
5377 || the_insn.fpof2 == UQW)
5378 flag = 6;
5379 else
5380 abort ();
5381 }
5382 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == W
5383 || the_insn.fpof1 == DW
5384 || the_insn.fpof1 == QW)
5385 {
5386 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
5387 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
5388 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
5389 flag = 1;
5390 else
5391 abort ();
5392 }
5393 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == UW
5394 || the_insn.fpof1 == UDW
5395 || the_insn.fpof1 == UQW)
5396 {
5397 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
5398 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
5399 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
5400 flag = 5;
5401 else
5402 abort ();
5403 }
5404 flag |= the_insn.trunc;
5405 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 15);
5406
5407 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
5408 case 'F':
5409 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
5410 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
5411 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
5412
5413 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
5414 case 'G':
5415 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
5416 s--;
5417 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
5418 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
5419 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 13);
5420
5421 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer at 20. */
5422 case 'I':
5423 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
5424 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
5425 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
5426
5427 /* Handle a floating point operand format at 26.
5428 Only allows single and double precision. */
5429 case 'H':
5430 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
5431 switch (flag)
5432 {
5433 case SGL:
5434 opcode |= 0x20;
5435 /* Fall through. */
5436 case DBL:
5437 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
5438 continue;
5439
5440 case QUAD:
5441 case ILLEGAL_FMT:
5442 default:
5443 as_bad (_("Invalid Floating Point Operand Format."));
5444 }
5445 break;
5446
5447 /* Handle all floating point registers. */
5448 case 'f':
5449 switch (*++args)
5450 {
5451 /* Float target register. */
5452 case 't':
5453 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
5454 break;
5455 /* RSEL should not be set. */
5456 if (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL)
5457 break;
5458 num = pa_number - FP_REG_BASE;
5459 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5460 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5461
5462 /* Float target register with L/R selection. */
5463 case 'T':
5464 {
5465 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5466 break;
5467 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5468 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5469 opcode |= num;
5470
5471 /* 0x30 opcodes are FP arithmetic operation opcodes
5472 and need to be turned into 0x38 opcodes. This
5473 is not necessary for loads/stores. */
5474 if (need_pa11_opcode ()
5475 && ((opcode & 0xfc000000) == 0x30000000))
5476 opcode |= 1 << 27;
5477
5478 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 6 : 0);
5479 continue;
5480 }
5481
5482 /* Float operand 1. */
5483 case 'a':
5484 {
5485 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5486 break;
5487 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5488 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5489 opcode |= num << 21;
5490 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
5491 {
5492 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
5493 opcode |= 1 << 27;
5494 }
5495 continue;
5496 }
5497
5498 /* Float operand 1 with L/R selection. */
5499 case 'X':
5500 case 'A':
5501 {
5502 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5503 break;
5504 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5505 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5506 opcode |= num << 21;
5507 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
5508 continue;
5509 }
5510
5511 /* Float operand 2. */
5512 case 'b':
5513 {
5514 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5515 break;
5516 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5517 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5518 opcode |= num << 16;
5519 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
5520 {
5521 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
5522 opcode |= 1 << 27;
5523 }
5524 continue;
5525 }
5526
5527 /* Float operand 2 with L/R selection. */
5528 case 'B':
5529 {
5530 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5531 break;
5532 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5533 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5534 opcode |= num << 16;
5535 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
5536 continue;
5537 }
5538
5539 /* Float operand 3 for fmpyfadd, fmpynfadd. */
5540 case 'C':
5541 {
5542 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5543 break;
5544 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5545 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5546 opcode |= (num & 0x1c) << 11;
5547 opcode |= (num & 0x03) << 9;
5548 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 8 : 0);
5549 continue;
5550 }
5551
5552 /* Float mult operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5553 case 'i':
5554 {
5555 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5556 break;
5557 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5558 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5559 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5560 {
5561 if (num < 16)
5562 {
5563 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5564 break;
5565 }
5566 num &= 0xF;
5567 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
5568 }
5569 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
5570 }
5571
5572 /* Float mult operand 2 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5573 case 'j':
5574 {
5575 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5576 break;
5577 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5578 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5579 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5580 {
5581 if (num < 16)
5582 {
5583 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5584 break;
5585 }
5586 num &= 0xF;
5587 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
5588 }
5589 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
5590 }
5591
5592 /* Float mult target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5593 case 'k':
5594 {
5595 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5596 break;
5597 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5598 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5599 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5600 {
5601 if (num < 16)
5602 {
5603 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5604 break;
5605 }
5606 num &= 0xF;
5607 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
5608 }
5609 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5610 }
5611
5612 /* Float add operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5613 case 'l':
5614 {
5615 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5616 break;
5617 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5618 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5619 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5620 {
5621 if (num < 16)
5622 {
5623 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5624 break;
5625 }
5626 num &= 0xF;
5627 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
5628 }
5629 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5630 }
5631
5632 /* Float add target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5633 case 'm':
5634 {
5635 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5636 break;
5637 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5638 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5639 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5640 {
5641 if (num < 16)
5642 {
5643 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5644 break;
5645 }
5646 num &= 0xF;
5647 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
5648 }
5649 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
5650 }
5651
5652 /* Handle L/R register halves like 'x'. */
5653 case 'E':
5654 case 'e':
5655 {
5656 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5657 break;
5658 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5659 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5660 opcode |= num << 16;
5661 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
5662 {
5663 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 1 : 0);
5664 }
5665 continue;
5666 }
5667
5668 /* Float target register (PA 2.0 wide). */
5669 case 'x':
5670 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
5671 break;
5672 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5673 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5674 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
5675
5676 default:
5677 abort ();
5678 }
5679 break;
5680
5681 default:
5682 abort ();
5683 }
5684 break;
5685 }
5686
5687 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
5688 then set a new architecture. This automatic promotion crud is
5689 for compatibility with HP's old assemblers only. */
5690 if (match == TRUE
5691 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch
5692 && !bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, insn->arch))
5693 {
5694 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
5695 match = FALSE;
5696 }
5697
5698 failed:
5699 /* Check if the args matched. */
5700 if (!match)
5701 {
5702 if (&insn[1] - pa_opcodes < (int) NUMOPCODES
5703 && !strcmp (insn->name, insn[1].name))
5704 {
5705 ++insn;
5706 s = argstart;
5707 continue;
5708 }
5709 else
5710 {
5711 as_bad (_("Invalid operands %s"), error_message);
5712 return;
5713 }
5714 }
5715 break;
5716 }
5717
5718 if (immediate_check)
5719 {
5720 if (pos != -1 && len != -1 && pos < len - 1)
5721 as_warn (_("Immediates %d and %d will give undefined behavior."),
5722 pos, len);
5723 }
5724
5725 the_insn.opcode = opcode;
5726 }
5727
5728 /* Assemble a single instruction storing it into a frag. */
5729
5730 void
5731 md_assemble (char *str)
5732 {
5733 char *to;
5734
5735 /* The had better be something to assemble. */
5736 gas_assert (str);
5737
5738 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
5739 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
5740 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
5741
5742 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
5743 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
5744 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
5745 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
5746 {
5747 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
5748
5749 if (label_symbol)
5750 {
5751 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
5752 {
5753 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
5754 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
5755 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
5756 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5757 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
5758 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
5759 if (within_entry_exit)
5760 {
5761 char *where;
5762 unsigned int u;
5763
5764 where = frag_more (0);
5765 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
5766 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5767 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
5768 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
5769 }
5770 #endif
5771 }
5772 else
5773 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
5774 }
5775 else
5776 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
5777 }
5778
5779 /* Assemble the instruction. Results are saved into "the_insn". */
5780 pa_ip (str);
5781
5782 /* Get somewhere to put the assembled instruction. */
5783 to = frag_more (4);
5784
5785 /* Output the opcode. */
5786 md_number_to_chars (to, the_insn.opcode, 4);
5787
5788 /* If necessary output more stuff. */
5789 if (the_insn.reloc != R_HPPA_NONE)
5790 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, (to - frag_now->fr_literal), 4, NULL,
5791 (offsetT) 0, &the_insn.exp, the_insn.pcrel,
5792 the_insn.reloc, the_insn.field_selector,
5793 the_insn.format, the_insn.arg_reloc, 0);
5794
5795 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5796 dwarf2_emit_insn (4);
5797 #endif
5798 }
5799
5800 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5801 /* Handle an alignment directive. Special so that we can update the
5802 alignment of the subspace if necessary. */
5803 static void
5804 pa_align (int bytes)
5805 {
5806 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5807 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5808
5809 /* Let the generic gas code do most of the work. */
5810 s_align_bytes (bytes);
5811
5812 /* If bytes is a power of 2, then update the current subspace's
5813 alignment if necessary. */
5814 if (exact_log2 (bytes) != -1)
5815 record_alignment (current_subspace->ssd_seg, exact_log2 (bytes));
5816 }
5817 #endif
5818
5819 /* Handle a .BLOCK type pseudo-op. */
5820
5821 static void
5822 pa_block (int z ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5823 {
5824 unsigned int temp_size;
5825
5826 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5827 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5828 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5829 #endif
5830
5831 temp_size = get_absolute_expression ();
5832
5833 if (temp_size > 0x3FFFFFFF)
5834 {
5835 as_bad (_("Argument to .BLOCK/.BLOCKZ must be between 0 and 0x3fffffff"));
5836 temp_size = 0;
5837 }
5838 else
5839 {
5840 /* Always fill with zeros, that's what the HP assembler does. */
5841 char *p = frag_var (rs_fill, 1, 1, 0, NULL, temp_size, NULL);
5842 *p = 0;
5843 }
5844
5845 pa_undefine_label ();
5846 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5847 }
5848
5849 /* Handle a .begin_brtab and .end_brtab pseudo-op. */
5850
5851 static void
5852 pa_brtab (int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5853 {
5854
5855 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5856 /* The BRTAB relocations are only available in SOM (to denote
5857 the beginning and end of branch tables). */
5858 char *where = frag_more (0);
5859
5860 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5861 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
5862 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB : R_HPPA_END_BRTAB,
5863 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
5864 #endif
5865
5866 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5867 }
5868
5869 /* Handle a .begin_try and .end_try pseudo-op. */
5870
5871 static void
5872 pa_try (int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5873 {
5874 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5875 expressionS exp;
5876 char *where = frag_more (0);
5877
5878 if (! begin)
5879 expression (&exp);
5880
5881 /* The TRY relocations are only available in SOM (to denote
5882 the beginning and end of exception handling regions). */
5883
5884 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5885 NULL, (offsetT) 0, begin ? NULL : &exp,
5886 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY : R_HPPA_END_TRY,
5887 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
5888 #endif
5889
5890 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5891 }
5892
5893 /* Do the dirty work of building a call descriptor which describes
5894 where the caller placed arguments to a function call. */
5895
5896 static void
5897 pa_call_args (struct call_desc *call_desc)
5898 {
5899 char *name, c;
5900 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
5901
5902 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
5903 {
5904 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
5905 /* Process a source argument. */
5906 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
5907 {
5908 temp = atoi (name + 4);
5909 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
5910 input_line_pointer++;
5911 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
5912 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
5913 call_desc->arg_reloc |= pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, arg_reloc);
5914 }
5915 /* Process a return value. */
5916 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6) == 0))
5917 {
5918 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
5919 input_line_pointer++;
5920 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
5921 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
5922 call_desc->arg_reloc |= (arg_reloc & 0x3);
5923 }
5924 else
5925 {
5926 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALL argument: %s"), name);
5927 }
5928
5929 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
5930 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
5931 input_line_pointer++;
5932 }
5933 }
5934
5935 /* Handle a .CALL pseudo-op. This involves storing away information
5936 about where arguments are to be found so the linker can detect
5937 (and correct) argument location mismatches between caller and callee. */
5938
5939 static void
5940 pa_call (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5941 {
5942 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5943 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5944 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5945 #endif
5946
5947 pa_call_args (&last_call_desc);
5948 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5949 }
5950
5951 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5952 /* Build an entry in the UNWIND subspace from the given function
5953 attributes in CALL_INFO. This is not needed for SOM as using
5954 R_ENTRY and R_EXIT relocations allow the linker to handle building
5955 of the unwind spaces. */
5956
5957 static void
5958 pa_build_unwind_subspace (struct call_info *call_info)
5959 {
5960 asection *seg, *save_seg;
5961 subsegT save_subseg;
5962 unsigned int unwind;
5963 int reloc;
5964 char *name, *p;
5965 symbolS *symbolP;
5966
5967 if ((bfd_get_section_flags (stdoutput, now_seg)
5968 & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
5969 != (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
5970 return;
5971
5972 if (call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
5973 /* This can happen if there were errors earlier on in the assembly. */
5974 return;
5975
5976 /* Replace the start symbol with a local symbol that will be reduced
5977 to a section offset. This avoids problems with weak functions with
5978 multiple definitions, etc. */
5979 name = concat ("L$\001start_", S_GET_NAME (call_info->start_symbol),
5980 (char *) NULL);
5981
5982 /* If we have a .procend preceded by a .exit, then the symbol will have
5983 already been defined. In that case, we don't want another unwind
5984 entry. */
5985 symbolP = symbol_find (name);
5986 if (symbolP)
5987 {
5988 xfree (name);
5989 return;
5990 }
5991 else
5992 {
5993 symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg,
5994 S_GET_VALUE (call_info->start_symbol), frag_now);
5995 gas_assert (symbolP);
5996 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
5997 symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
5998 }
5999
6000 reloc = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
6001 save_seg = now_seg;
6002 save_subseg = now_subseg;
6003 /* Get into the right seg/subseg. This may involve creating
6004 the seg the first time through. Make sure to have the
6005 old seg/subseg so that we can reset things when we are done. */
6006 seg = bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME);
6007 if (seg == ASEC_NULL)
6008 {
6009 seg = subseg_new (UNWIND_SECTION_NAME, 0);
6010 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, seg,
6011 SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
6012 | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_DATA);
6013 bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, seg, 2);
6014 }
6015
6016 subseg_set (seg, 0);
6017
6018 /* Get some space to hold relocation information for the unwind
6019 descriptor. */
6020 p = frag_more (16);
6021
6022 /* Relocation info. for start offset of the function. */
6023 md_number_to_chars (p, 0, 4);
6024 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6025 symbolP, (offsetT) 0,
6026 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6027 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
6028
6029 /* Relocation info. for end offset of the function.
6030
6031 Because we allow reductions of 32bit relocations for ELF, this will be
6032 reduced to section_sym + offset which avoids putting the temporary
6033 symbol into the symbol table. It (should) end up giving the same
6034 value as call_info->start_symbol + function size once the linker is
6035 finished with its work. */
6036 md_number_to_chars (p + 4, 0, 4);
6037 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p + 4 - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6038 call_info->end_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
6039 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6040 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
6041
6042 /* Dump the descriptor. */
6043 unwind = UNWIND_LOW32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6044 md_number_to_chars (p + 8, unwind, 4);
6045
6046 unwind = UNWIND_HIGH32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6047 md_number_to_chars (p + 12, unwind, 4);
6048
6049 /* Return back to the original segment/subsegment. */
6050 subseg_set (save_seg, save_subseg);
6051 }
6052 #endif
6053
6054 /* Process a .CALLINFO pseudo-op. This information is used later
6055 to build unwind descriptors and maybe one day to support
6056 .ENTER and .LEAVE. */
6057
6058 static void
6059 pa_callinfo (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6060 {
6061 char *name, c;
6062 int temp;
6063
6064 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6065 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6066 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6067 #endif
6068
6069 /* .CALLINFO must appear within a procedure definition. */
6070 if (!within_procedure)
6071 as_bad (_(".callinfo is not within a procedure definition"));
6072
6073 /* Mark the fact that we found the .CALLINFO for the
6074 current procedure. */
6075 callinfo_found = TRUE;
6076
6077 /* Iterate over the .CALLINFO arguments. */
6078 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6079 {
6080 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
6081 /* Frame size specification. */
6082 if ((strncasecmp (name, "frame", 5) == 0))
6083 {
6084 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6085 input_line_pointer++;
6086 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6087 if ((temp & 0x3) != 0)
6088 {
6089 as_bad (_("FRAME parameter must be a multiple of 8: %d\n"), temp);
6090 temp = 0;
6091 }
6092
6093 /* callinfo is in bytes and unwind_desc is in 8 byte units. */
6094 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.frame_size = temp / 8;
6095 }
6096 /* Entry register (GR, GR and SR) specifications. */
6097 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_gr", 8) == 0))
6098 {
6099 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6100 input_line_pointer++;
6101 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6102 /* The HP assembler accepts 19 as the high bound for ENTRY_GR
6103 even though %r19 is caller saved. I think this is a bug in
6104 the HP assembler, and we are not going to emulate it. */
6105 if (temp < 3 || temp > 18)
6106 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_GR must be in the range 3..18\n"));
6107 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_gr = temp - 2;
6108 }
6109 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_fr", 8) == 0))
6110 {
6111 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6112 input_line_pointer++;
6113 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6114 /* Similarly the HP assembler takes 31 as the high bound even
6115 though %fr21 is the last callee saved floating point register. */
6116 if (temp < 12 || temp > 21)
6117 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_FR must be in the range 12..21\n"));
6118 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_fr = temp - 11;
6119 }
6120 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_sr", 8) == 0))
6121 {
6122 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6123 input_line_pointer++;
6124 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6125 if (temp != 3)
6126 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_SR must be 3\n"));
6127 }
6128 /* Note whether or not this function performs any calls. */
6129 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "calls", 5) == 0)
6130 || (strncasecmp (name, "caller", 6) == 0))
6131 {
6132 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6133 }
6134 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_calls", 8) == 0))
6135 {
6136 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6137 }
6138 /* Should RP be saved into the stack. */
6139 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_rp", 7) == 0))
6140 {
6141 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6142 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_rp = 1;
6143 }
6144 /* Likewise for SP. */
6145 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_sp", 7) == 0))
6146 {
6147 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6148 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_sp = 1;
6149 }
6150 /* Is this an unwindable procedure. If so mark it so
6151 in the unwind descriptor. */
6152 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_unwind", 9) == 0))
6153 {
6154 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6155 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 1;
6156 }
6157 /* Is this an interrupt routine. If so mark it in the
6158 unwind descriptor. */
6159 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "hpux_int", 7) == 0))
6160 {
6161 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6162 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 1;
6163 }
6164 /* Is this a millicode routine. "millicode" isn't in my
6165 assembler manual, but my copy is old. The HP assembler
6166 accepts it, and there's a place in the unwind descriptor
6167 to drop the information, so we'll accept it too. */
6168 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "millicode", 9) == 0))
6169 {
6170 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6171 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.millicode = 1;
6172 }
6173 else
6174 {
6175 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALLINFO argument: %s"), name);
6176 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6177 }
6178
6179 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6180 input_line_pointer++;
6181 }
6182
6183 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6184 }
6185
6186 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
6187 /* Switch to the text space. Like s_text, but delete our
6188 label when finished. */
6189
6190 static void
6191 pa_text (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6192 {
6193 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6194 current_space = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
6195 current_subspace
6196 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6197 #endif
6198
6199 s_text (0);
6200 pa_undefine_label ();
6201 }
6202
6203 /* Switch to the data space. As usual delete our label. */
6204
6205 static void
6206 pa_data (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6207 {
6208 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6209 current_space = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
6210 current_subspace
6211 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6212 #endif
6213 s_data (0);
6214 pa_undefine_label ();
6215 }
6216
6217 /* This is different than the standard GAS s_comm(). On HP9000/800 machines,
6218 the .comm pseudo-op has the following syntax:
6219
6220 <label> .comm <length>
6221
6222 where <label> is optional and is a symbol whose address will be the start of
6223 a block of memory <length> bytes long. <length> must be an absolute
6224 expression. <length> bytes will be allocated in the current space
6225 and subspace.
6226
6227 Also note the label may not even be on the same line as the .comm.
6228
6229 This difference in syntax means the colon function will be called
6230 on the symbol before we arrive in pa_comm. colon will set a number
6231 of attributes of the symbol that need to be fixed here. In particular
6232 the value, section pointer, fragment pointer, flags, etc. What
6233 a pain.
6234
6235 This also makes error detection all but impossible. */
6236
6237 static void
6238 pa_comm (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6239 {
6240 unsigned int size;
6241 symbolS *symbol;
6242 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6243
6244 if (label_symbol)
6245 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6246 else
6247 symbol = NULL;
6248
6249 SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
6250 size = get_absolute_expression ();
6251
6252 if (symbol)
6253 {
6254 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
6255 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, size);
6256 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_com_section_ptr);
6257 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6258
6259 /* colon() has already set the frag to the current location in the
6260 current subspace; we need to reset the fragment to the zero address
6261 fragment. We also need to reset the segment pointer. */
6262 symbol_set_frag (symbol, &zero_address_frag);
6263 }
6264 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6265 }
6266 #endif /* !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) */
6267
6268 /* Process a .END pseudo-op. */
6269
6270 static void
6271 pa_end (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6272 {
6273 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6274 }
6275
6276 /* Process a .ENTER pseudo-op. This is not supported. */
6277
6278 static void
6279 pa_enter (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6280 {
6281 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6282 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6283 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6284 #endif
6285
6286 as_bad (_("The .ENTER pseudo-op is not supported"));
6287 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6288 }
6289
6290 /* Process a .ENTRY pseudo-op. .ENTRY marks the beginning of the
6291 procedure. */
6292
6293 static void
6294 pa_entry (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6295 {
6296 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6297 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6298 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6299 #endif
6300
6301 if (!within_procedure)
6302 as_bad (_("Misplaced .entry. Ignored."));
6303 else
6304 {
6305 if (!callinfo_found)
6306 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo."));
6307 }
6308 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6309 within_entry_exit = TRUE;
6310
6311 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6312 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6313 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6314 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6315 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6316
6317 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6318 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6319 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6320 denote the entry and exit points. */
6321 if (last_call_info->start_symbol != NULL)
6322 {
6323 char *where;
6324 unsigned int u;
6325
6326 where = frag_more (0);
6327 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6328 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6329 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
6330 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
6331 }
6332 #endif
6333 }
6334
6335 /* Silly nonsense for pa_equ. The only half-sensible use for this is
6336 being able to subtract two register symbols that specify a range of
6337 registers, to get the size of the range. */
6338 static int fudge_reg_expressions;
6339
6340 int
6341 hppa_force_reg_syms_absolute (expressionS *resultP,
6342 operatorT op ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6343 expressionS *rightP)
6344 {
6345 if (fudge_reg_expressions
6346 && rightP->X_op == O_register
6347 && resultP->X_op == O_register)
6348 {
6349 rightP->X_op = O_constant;
6350 resultP->X_op = O_constant;
6351 }
6352 return 0; /* Continue normal expr handling. */
6353 }
6354
6355 /* Handle a .EQU pseudo-op. */
6356
6357 static void
6358 pa_equ (int reg)
6359 {
6360 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6361 symbolS *symbol;
6362
6363 if (label_symbol)
6364 {
6365 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6366 if (reg)
6367 {
6368 strict = 1;
6369 if (!pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0))
6370 as_bad (_(".REG expression must be a register"));
6371 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, pa_number);
6372 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, reg_section);
6373 }
6374 else
6375 {
6376 expressionS exp;
6377 segT seg;
6378
6379 fudge_reg_expressions = 1;
6380 seg = expression (&exp);
6381 fudge_reg_expressions = 0;
6382 if (exp.X_op != O_constant
6383 && exp.X_op != O_register)
6384 {
6385 if (exp.X_op != O_absent)
6386 as_bad (_("bad or irreducible absolute expression; zero assumed"));
6387 exp.X_add_number = 0;
6388 seg = absolute_section;
6389 }
6390 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, (unsigned int) exp.X_add_number);
6391 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, seg);
6392 }
6393 }
6394 else
6395 {
6396 if (reg)
6397 as_bad (_(".REG must use a label"));
6398 else
6399 as_bad (_(".EQU must use a label"));
6400 }
6401
6402 pa_undefine_label ();
6403 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6404 }
6405
6406 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6407 /* Mark the end of a function so that it's possible to compute
6408 the size of the function in elf_hppa_final_processing. */
6409
6410 static void
6411 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function (void)
6412 {
6413 /* ELF does not have EXIT relocations. All we do is create a
6414 temporary symbol marking the end of the function. */
6415 char *name;
6416 symbolS *symbolP;
6417
6418 if (last_call_info == NULL || last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
6419 {
6420 /* We have already warned about a missing label,
6421 or other problems. */
6422 return;
6423 }
6424
6425 name = concat ("L$\001end_", S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol),
6426 (char *) NULL);
6427
6428 /* If we have a .exit followed by a .procend, then the
6429 symbol will have already been defined. */
6430 symbolP = symbol_find (name);
6431 if (symbolP)
6432 {
6433 /* The symbol has already been defined! This can
6434 happen if we have a .exit followed by a .procend.
6435
6436 This is *not* an error. All we want to do is free
6437 the memory we just allocated for the name and continue. */
6438 xfree (name);
6439 }
6440 else
6441 {
6442 /* symbol value should be the offset of the
6443 last instruction of the function */
6444 symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg, (valueT) (frag_now_fix () - 4),
6445 frag_now);
6446
6447 gas_assert (symbolP);
6448 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
6449 symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
6450 }
6451
6452 if (symbolP)
6453 last_call_info->end_symbol = symbolP;
6454 else
6455 as_bad (_("Symbol '%s' could not be created."), name);
6456 }
6457 #endif
6458
6459 /* Helper function. Does processing for the end of a function. This
6460 usually involves creating some relocations or building special
6461 symbols to mark the end of the function. */
6462
6463 static void
6464 process_exit (void)
6465 {
6466 char *where;
6467
6468 where = frag_more (0);
6469
6470 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6471 /* Mark the end of the function, stuff away the location of the frag
6472 for the end of the function, and finally call pa_build_unwind_subspace
6473 to add an entry in the unwind table. */
6474 (void) where;
6475 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
6476 pa_build_unwind_subspace (last_call_info);
6477 #else
6478 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6479 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6480 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6481 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6482
6483 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6484 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6485 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6486 denote the entry and exit points. */
6487 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6488 NULL, (offsetT) 0,
6489 NULL, 0, R_HPPA_EXIT, e_fsel, 0, 0,
6490 UNWIND_HIGH32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor));
6491 #endif
6492 }
6493
6494 /* Process a .EXIT pseudo-op. */
6495
6496 static void
6497 pa_exit (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6498 {
6499 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6500 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6501 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6502 #endif
6503
6504 if (!within_procedure)
6505 as_bad (_(".EXIT must appear within a procedure"));
6506 else
6507 {
6508 if (!callinfo_found)
6509 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo"));
6510 else
6511 {
6512 if (!within_entry_exit)
6513 as_bad (_("No .ENTRY for this .EXIT"));
6514 else
6515 {
6516 within_entry_exit = FALSE;
6517 process_exit ();
6518 }
6519 }
6520 }
6521 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6522 }
6523
6524 /* Helper function to process arguments to a .EXPORT pseudo-op. */
6525
6526 static void
6527 pa_type_args (symbolS *symbolP, int is_export)
6528 {
6529 char *name, c;
6530 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
6531 pa_symbol_type type = SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN;
6532 asymbol *bfdsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP);
6533
6534 if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "absolute", 8) == 0)
6535 {
6536 input_line_pointer += 8;
6537 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6538 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bfd_abs_section_ptr);
6539 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE;
6540 }
6541 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "code", 4) == 0)
6542 {
6543 input_line_pointer += 4;
6544 /* IMPORTing/EXPORTing CODE types for functions is meaningless for SOM,
6545 instead one should be IMPORTing/EXPORTing ENTRY types.
6546
6547 Complain if one tries to EXPORT a CODE type since that's never
6548 done. Both GCC and HP C still try to IMPORT CODE types, so
6549 silently fix them to be ENTRY types. */
6550 if (S_IS_FUNCTION (symbolP))
6551 {
6552 if (is_export)
6553 as_tsktsk (_("Using ENTRY rather than CODE in export directive for %s"),
6554 S_GET_NAME (symbolP));
6555
6556 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6557 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6558 }
6559 else
6560 {
6561 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6562 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE;
6563 }
6564 }
6565 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "data", 4) == 0)
6566 {
6567 input_line_pointer += 4;
6568 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6569 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
6570 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA;
6571 }
6572 else if ((strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "entry", 5) == 0))
6573 {
6574 input_line_pointer += 5;
6575 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6576 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6577 }
6578 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "millicode", 9) == 0)
6579 {
6580 input_line_pointer += 9;
6581 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6582 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6583 {
6584 elf_symbol_type *elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfdsym;
6585 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info =
6586 ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info),
6587 STT_PARISC_MILLI);
6588 }
6589 #endif
6590 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE;
6591 }
6592 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "plabel", 6) == 0)
6593 {
6594 input_line_pointer += 6;
6595 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6596 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL;
6597 }
6598 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "pri_prog", 8) == 0)
6599 {
6600 input_line_pointer += 8;
6601 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6602 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG;
6603 }
6604 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "sec_prog", 8) == 0)
6605 {
6606 input_line_pointer += 8;
6607 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6608 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG;
6609 }
6610
6611 /* SOM requires much more information about symbol types
6612 than BFD understands. This is how we get this information
6613 to the SOM BFD backend. */
6614 #ifdef obj_set_symbol_type
6615 obj_set_symbol_type (bfdsym, (int) type);
6616 #else
6617 (void) type;
6618 #endif
6619
6620 /* Now that the type of the exported symbol has been handled,
6621 handle any argument relocation information. */
6622 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6623 {
6624 if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
6625 input_line_pointer++;
6626 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
6627 /* Argument sources. */
6628 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
6629 {
6630 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6631 input_line_pointer++;
6632 temp = atoi (name + 4);
6633 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
6634 arg_reloc = pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, pa_build_arg_reloc (name));
6635 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6636 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6637 #else
6638 (void) arg_reloc;
6639 #endif
6640 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6641 }
6642 /* The return value. */
6643 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6)) == 0)
6644 {
6645 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6646 input_line_pointer++;
6647 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
6648 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6649 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6650 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6651 #else
6652 (void) arg_reloc;
6653 #endif
6654 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6655 }
6656 /* Privilege level. */
6657 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "priv_lev", 8)) == 0)
6658 {
6659 char *priv;
6660
6661 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6662 input_line_pointer++;
6663 temp = atoi (input_line_pointer);
6664 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6665 ((obj_symbol_type *) bfdsym)->tc_data.ap.hppa_priv_level = temp;
6666 #endif
6667 c = get_symbol_name (&priv);
6668 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6669 }
6670 else
6671 {
6672 as_bad (_("Undefined .EXPORT/.IMPORT argument (ignored): %s"), name);
6673 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6674 }
6675
6676 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6677 input_line_pointer++;
6678 }
6679 }
6680
6681 /* Process a .EXPORT directive. This makes functions external
6682 and provides information such as argument relocation entries
6683 to callers. */
6684
6685 static void
6686 pa_export (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6687 {
6688 char *name, c;
6689 symbolS *symbol;
6690
6691 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
6692 /* Make sure the given symbol exists. */
6693 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6694 {
6695 as_bad (_("Cannot define export symbol: %s\n"), name);
6696 restore_line_pointer (c);
6697 input_line_pointer++;
6698 }
6699 else
6700 {
6701 /* OK. Set the external bits and process argument relocations.
6702 For the HP, weak and global are not mutually exclusive.
6703 S_SET_EXTERNAL will not set BSF_GLOBAL if WEAK is set.
6704 Call S_SET_EXTERNAL to get the other processing. Manually
6705 set BSF_GLOBAL when we get back. */
6706 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6707 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
6708 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6709 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6710 {
6711 input_line_pointer++;
6712 pa_type_args (symbol, 1);
6713 }
6714 }
6715
6716 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6717 }
6718
6719 /* Handle an .IMPORT pseudo-op. Any symbol referenced in a given
6720 assembly file must either be defined in the assembly file, or
6721 explicitly IMPORTED from another. */
6722
6723 static void
6724 pa_import (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6725 {
6726 char *name, c;
6727 symbolS *symbol;
6728
6729 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
6730
6731 symbol = symbol_find (name);
6732 /* Ugh. We might be importing a symbol defined earlier in the file,
6733 in which case all the code below will really screw things up
6734 (set the wrong segment, symbol flags & type, etc). */
6735 if (symbol == NULL || !S_IS_DEFINED (symbol))
6736 {
6737 symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name);
6738 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6739
6740 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6741 {
6742 input_line_pointer++;
6743 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6744 }
6745 else
6746 {
6747 /* Sigh. To be compatible with the HP assembler and to help
6748 poorly written assembly code, we assign a type based on
6749 the current segment. Note only BSF_FUNCTION really
6750 matters, we do not need to set the full SYMBOL_TYPE_* info. */
6751 if (now_seg == text_section)
6752 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6753
6754 /* If the section is undefined, then the symbol is undefined
6755 Since this is an import, leave the section undefined. */
6756 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr);
6757 }
6758 }
6759 else
6760 {
6761 /* The symbol was already defined. Just eat everything up to
6762 the end of the current statement. */
6763 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6764 input_line_pointer++;
6765 }
6766
6767 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6768 }
6769
6770 /* Handle a .LABEL pseudo-op. */
6771
6772 static void
6773 pa_label (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6774 {
6775 char *name, c;
6776
6777 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
6778
6779 if (strlen (name) > 0)
6780 {
6781 colon (name);
6782 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6783 }
6784 else
6785 {
6786 as_warn (_("Missing label name on .LABEL"));
6787 }
6788
6789 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6790 {
6791 as_warn (_("extra .LABEL arguments ignored."));
6792 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6793 }
6794 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6795 }
6796
6797 /* Handle a .LEAVE pseudo-op. This is not supported yet. */
6798
6799 static void
6800 pa_leave (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6801 {
6802 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6803 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6804 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6805 #endif
6806
6807 as_bad (_("The .LEAVE pseudo-op is not supported"));
6808 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6809 }
6810
6811 /* Handle a .LEVEL pseudo-op. */
6812
6813 static void
6814 pa_level (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6815 {
6816 char *level;
6817
6818 level = input_line_pointer;
6819 if (strncmp (level, "1.0", 3) == 0)
6820 {
6821 input_line_pointer += 3;
6822 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 10))
6823 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6824 }
6825 else if (strncmp (level, "1.1", 3) == 0)
6826 {
6827 input_line_pointer += 3;
6828 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 11))
6829 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6830 }
6831 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0w", 4) == 0)
6832 {
6833 input_line_pointer += 4;
6834 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 25))
6835 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6836 }
6837 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0", 3) == 0)
6838 {
6839 input_line_pointer += 3;
6840 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 20))
6841 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6842 }
6843 else
6844 {
6845 as_bad (_("Unrecognized .LEVEL argument\n"));
6846 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6847 }
6848 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6849 }
6850
6851 /* Handle a .ORIGIN pseudo-op. */
6852
6853 static void
6854 pa_origin (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6855 {
6856 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6857 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6858 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6859 #endif
6860
6861 s_org (0);
6862 pa_undefine_label ();
6863 }
6864
6865 /* Handle a .PARAM pseudo-op. This is much like a .EXPORT, except it
6866 is for static functions. FIXME. Should share more code with .EXPORT. */
6867
6868 static void
6869 pa_param (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6870 {
6871 char *name, c;
6872 symbolS *symbol;
6873
6874 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
6875
6876 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6877 {
6878 as_bad (_("Cannot define static symbol: %s\n"), name);
6879 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6880 input_line_pointer++;
6881 }
6882 else
6883 {
6884 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6885 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6886 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6887 {
6888 input_line_pointer++;
6889 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6890 }
6891 }
6892
6893 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6894 }
6895
6896 /* Handle a .PROC pseudo-op. It is used to mark the beginning
6897 of a procedure from a syntactical point of view. */
6898
6899 static void
6900 pa_proc (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6901 {
6902 struct call_info *call_info;
6903
6904 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6905 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6906 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6907 #endif
6908
6909 if (within_procedure)
6910 as_fatal (_("Nested procedures"));
6911
6912 /* Reset global variables for new procedure. */
6913 callinfo_found = FALSE;
6914 within_procedure = TRUE;
6915
6916 /* Create another call_info structure. */
6917 call_info = XNEW (struct call_info);
6918
6919 if (!call_info)
6920 as_fatal (_("Cannot allocate unwind descriptor\n"));
6921
6922 memset (call_info, 0, sizeof (struct call_info));
6923
6924 call_info->ci_next = NULL;
6925
6926 if (call_info_root == NULL)
6927 {
6928 call_info_root = call_info;
6929 last_call_info = call_info;
6930 }
6931 else
6932 {
6933 last_call_info->ci_next = call_info;
6934 last_call_info = call_info;
6935 }
6936
6937 /* set up defaults on call_info structure */
6938
6939 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 0;
6940 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.region_desc = 1;
6941 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 0;
6942
6943 /* If we got a .PROC pseudo-op, we know that the function is defined
6944 locally. Make sure it gets into the symbol table. */
6945 {
6946 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6947
6948 if (label_symbol)
6949 {
6950 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
6951 {
6952 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6953 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6954 }
6955 else
6956 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
6957 }
6958 else
6959 last_call_info->start_symbol = NULL;
6960 }
6961
6962 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6963 }
6964
6965 /* Process the syntactical end of a procedure. Make sure all the
6966 appropriate pseudo-ops were found within the procedure. */
6967
6968 static void
6969 pa_procend (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6970 {
6971 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6972 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6973 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6974 #endif
6975
6976 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
6977 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
6978 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
6979
6980 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
6981 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
6982 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
6983 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
6984 {
6985 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6986
6987 if (label_symbol)
6988 {
6989 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
6990 {
6991 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6992 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
6993 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6994 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6995 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
6996 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
6997 if (within_entry_exit)
6998 {
6999 char *where;
7000 unsigned int u;
7001
7002 where = frag_more (0);
7003 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
7004 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
7005 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
7006 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
7007 }
7008 #endif
7009 }
7010 else
7011 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
7012 }
7013 else
7014 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
7015 }
7016
7017 if (!within_procedure)
7018 as_bad (_("misplaced .procend"));
7019
7020 if (!callinfo_found)
7021 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo for this procedure"));
7022
7023 if (within_entry_exit)
7024 as_bad (_("Missing .EXIT for a .ENTRY"));
7025
7026 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
7027 /* ELF needs to mark the end of each function so that it can compute
7028 the size of the function (apparently its needed in the symbol table). */
7029 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
7030 #endif
7031
7032 within_procedure = FALSE;
7033 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7034 pa_undefine_label ();
7035 }
7036
7037 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7038 /* If VALUE is an exact power of two between zero and 2^31, then
7039 return log2 (VALUE). Else return -1. */
7040
7041 static int
7042 exact_log2 (int value)
7043 {
7044 int shift = 0;
7045
7046 while ((1 << shift) != value && shift < 32)
7047 shift++;
7048
7049 if (shift >= 32)
7050 return -1;
7051 else
7052 return shift;
7053 }
7054
7055 /* Check to make sure we have a valid space and subspace. */
7056
7057 static void
7058 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (void)
7059 {
7060 if (current_space == NULL)
7061 as_fatal (_("Not in a space.\n"));
7062
7063 if (current_subspace == NULL)
7064 as_fatal (_("Not in a subspace.\n"));
7065 }
7066
7067 /* Parse the parameters to a .SPACE directive; if CREATE_FLAG is nonzero,
7068 then create a new space entry to hold the information specified
7069 by the parameters to the .SPACE directive. */
7070
7071 static sd_chain_struct *
7072 pa_parse_space_stmt (const char *space_name, int create_flag)
7073 {
7074 char *name, *ptemp, c;
7075 char loadable, defined, private, sort;
7076 int spnum;
7077 asection *seg = NULL;
7078 sd_chain_struct *space;
7079
7080 /* Load default values. */
7081 spnum = 0;
7082 sort = 0;
7083 loadable = TRUE;
7084 defined = TRUE;
7085 private = FALSE;
7086 if (strcmp (space_name, "$TEXT$") == 0)
7087 {
7088 seg = pa_def_spaces[0].segment;
7089 defined = pa_def_spaces[0].defined;
7090 private = pa_def_spaces[0].private;
7091 sort = pa_def_spaces[0].sort;
7092 spnum = pa_def_spaces[0].spnum;
7093 }
7094 else if (strcmp (space_name, "$PRIVATE$") == 0)
7095 {
7096 seg = pa_def_spaces[1].segment;
7097 defined = pa_def_spaces[1].defined;
7098 private = pa_def_spaces[1].private;
7099 sort = pa_def_spaces[1].sort;
7100 spnum = pa_def_spaces[1].spnum;
7101 }
7102
7103 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7104 {
7105 print_errors = FALSE;
7106 ptemp = input_line_pointer + 1;
7107 /* First see if the space was specified as a number rather than
7108 as a name. According to the PA assembly manual the rest of
7109 the line should be ignored. */
7110 strict = 0;
7111 pa_parse_number (&ptemp, 0);
7112 if (pa_number >= 0)
7113 {
7114 spnum = pa_number;
7115 input_line_pointer = ptemp;
7116 }
7117 else
7118 {
7119 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7120 {
7121 input_line_pointer++;
7122 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
7123 if ((strncasecmp (name, "spnum", 5) == 0))
7124 {
7125 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7126 input_line_pointer++;
7127 spnum = get_absolute_expression ();
7128 }
7129 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7130 {
7131 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7132 input_line_pointer++;
7133 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7134 }
7135 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7136 {
7137 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7138 loadable = FALSE;
7139 }
7140 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "notdefined", 10) == 0))
7141 {
7142 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7143 defined = FALSE;
7144 }
7145 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "private", 7) == 0))
7146 {
7147 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7148 private = TRUE;
7149 }
7150 else
7151 {
7152 as_bad (_("Invalid .SPACE argument"));
7153 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7154 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7155 input_line_pointer++;
7156 }
7157 }
7158 }
7159 print_errors = TRUE;
7160 }
7161
7162 if (create_flag && seg == NULL)
7163 seg = subseg_new (space_name, 0);
7164
7165 /* If create_flag is nonzero, then create the new space with
7166 the attributes computed above. Else set the values in
7167 an already existing space -- this can only happen for
7168 the first occurrence of a built-in space. */
7169 if (create_flag)
7170 space = create_new_space (space_name, spnum, loadable, defined,
7171 private, sort, seg, 1);
7172 else
7173 {
7174 space = is_defined_space (space_name);
7175 SPACE_SPNUM (space) = spnum;
7176 SPACE_DEFINED (space) = defined & 1;
7177 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (space) = 1;
7178 }
7179
7180 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7181 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7182 #endif
7183
7184 return space;
7185 }
7186
7187 /* Handle a .SPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current space to the
7188 given space, creating the new space if necessary. */
7189
7190 static void
7191 pa_space (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7192 {
7193 char *name, c, *space_name, *save_s;
7194 sd_chain_struct *sd_chain;
7195
7196 if (within_procedure)
7197 {
7198 as_bad (_("Can\'t change spaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7199 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7200 }
7201 else
7202 {
7203 /* Check for some of the predefined spaces. FIXME: most of the code
7204 below is repeated several times, can we extract the common parts
7205 and place them into a subroutine or something similar? */
7206 /* FIXME Is this (and the next IF stmt) really right?
7207 What if INPUT_LINE_POINTER points to "$TEXT$FOO"? */
7208 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$TEXT$", 6) == 0)
7209 {
7210 input_line_pointer += 6;
7211 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
7212 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7213 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 1);
7214 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7215 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 0);
7216
7217 current_space = sd_chain;
7218 subseg_set (text_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7219 current_subspace
7220 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (text_section,
7221 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7222 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7223 return;
7224 }
7225 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$PRIVATE$", 9) == 0)
7226 {
7227 input_line_pointer += 9;
7228 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
7229 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7230 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 1);
7231 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7232 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 0);
7233
7234 current_space = sd_chain;
7235 subseg_set (data_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7236 current_subspace
7237 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (data_section,
7238 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7239 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7240 return;
7241 }
7242 if (!strncasecmp (input_line_pointer,
7243 GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME,
7244 strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME)))
7245 {
7246 input_line_pointer += strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7247 sd_chain = is_defined_space (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7248 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7249 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 1);
7250 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7251 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 0);
7252
7253 current_space = sd_chain;
7254
7255 {
7256 asection *gdb_section
7257 = bfd_make_section_old_way (stdoutput, GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7258
7259 subseg_set (gdb_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7260 current_subspace
7261 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (gdb_section,
7262 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7263 }
7264 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7265 return;
7266 }
7267
7268 /* It could be a space specified by number. */
7269 print_errors = 0;
7270 save_s = input_line_pointer;
7271 strict = 0;
7272 pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0);
7273 if (pa_number >= 0)
7274 {
7275 if ((sd_chain = pa_find_space_by_number (pa_number)))
7276 {
7277 current_space = sd_chain;
7278
7279 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7280 current_subspace
7281 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7282 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7283 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7284 return;
7285 }
7286 }
7287
7288 /* Not a number, attempt to create a new space. */
7289 print_errors = 1;
7290 input_line_pointer = save_s;
7291 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
7292 space_name = xstrdup (name);
7293 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7294
7295 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, 1);
7296 current_space = sd_chain;
7297
7298 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7299 current_subspace = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7300 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7301 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7302 }
7303 }
7304
7305 /* Switch to a new space. (I think). FIXME. */
7306
7307 static void
7308 pa_spnum (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7309 {
7310 char *name;
7311 char c;
7312 char *p;
7313 sd_chain_struct *space;
7314
7315 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
7316 space = is_defined_space (name);
7317 if (space)
7318 {
7319 p = frag_more (4);
7320 md_number_to_chars (p, SPACE_SPNUM (space), 4);
7321 }
7322 else
7323 as_warn (_("Undefined space: '%s' Assuming space number = 0."), name);
7324
7325 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7326 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7327 }
7328
7329 /* Handle a .SUBSPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current subspace to the
7330 given subspace, creating the new subspace if necessary.
7331
7332 FIXME. Should mirror pa_space more closely, in particular how
7333 they're broken up into subroutines. */
7334
7335 static void
7336 pa_subspace (int create_new)
7337 {
7338 char *name, *ss_name, c;
7339 char loadable, code_only, comdat, common, dup_common, zero, sort;
7340 int i, access_ctr, space_index, alignment, quadrant, applicable, flags;
7341 sd_chain_struct *space;
7342 ssd_chain_struct *ssd;
7343 asection *section;
7344
7345 if (current_space == NULL)
7346 as_fatal (_("Must be in a space before changing or declaring subspaces.\n"));
7347
7348 if (within_procedure)
7349 {
7350 as_bad (_("Can\'t change subspaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7351 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7352 }
7353 else
7354 {
7355 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
7356 ss_name = xstrdup (name);
7357 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7358
7359 /* Load default values. */
7360 sort = 0;
7361 access_ctr = 0x7f;
7362 loadable = 1;
7363 comdat = 0;
7364 common = 0;
7365 dup_common = 0;
7366 code_only = 0;
7367 zero = 0;
7368 space_index = ~0;
7369 alignment = 1;
7370 quadrant = 0;
7371
7372 space = current_space;
7373 if (create_new)
7374 ssd = NULL;
7375 else
7376 ssd = is_defined_subspace (ss_name);
7377 /* Allow user to override the builtin attributes of subspaces. But
7378 only allow the attributes to be changed once! */
7379 if (ssd && SUBSPACE_DEFINED (ssd))
7380 {
7381 subseg_set (ssd->ssd_seg, ssd->ssd_subseg);
7382 current_subspace = ssd;
7383 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7384 as_warn (_("Parameters of an existing subspace can\'t be modified"));
7385 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7386 return;
7387 }
7388 else
7389 {
7390 /* A new subspace. Load default values if it matches one of
7391 the builtin subspaces. */
7392 i = 0;
7393 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7394 {
7395 if (strcasecmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, ss_name) == 0)
7396 {
7397 loadable = pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable;
7398 comdat = pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat;
7399 common = pa_def_subspaces[i].common;
7400 dup_common = pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common;
7401 code_only = pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only;
7402 zero = pa_def_subspaces[i].zero;
7403 space_index = pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index;
7404 alignment = pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment;
7405 quadrant = pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant;
7406 access_ctr = pa_def_subspaces[i].access;
7407 sort = pa_def_subspaces[i].sort;
7408 break;
7409 }
7410 i++;
7411 }
7412 }
7413
7414 /* We should be working with a new subspace now. Fill in
7415 any information as specified by the user. */
7416 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7417 {
7418 input_line_pointer++;
7419 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7420 {
7421 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
7422 if ((strncasecmp (name, "quad", 4) == 0))
7423 {
7424 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7425 input_line_pointer++;
7426 quadrant = get_absolute_expression ();
7427 }
7428 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "align", 5) == 0))
7429 {
7430 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7431 input_line_pointer++;
7432 alignment = get_absolute_expression ();
7433 if (exact_log2 (alignment) == -1)
7434 {
7435 as_bad (_("Alignment must be a power of 2"));
7436 alignment = 1;
7437 }
7438 }
7439 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "access", 6) == 0))
7440 {
7441 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7442 input_line_pointer++;
7443 access_ctr = get_absolute_expression ();
7444 }
7445 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7446 {
7447 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7448 input_line_pointer++;
7449 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7450 }
7451 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "code_only", 9) == 0))
7452 {
7453 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7454 code_only = 1;
7455 }
7456 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7457 {
7458 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7459 loadable = 0;
7460 }
7461 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "comdat", 6) == 0))
7462 {
7463 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7464 comdat = 1;
7465 }
7466 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "common", 6) == 0))
7467 {
7468 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7469 common = 1;
7470 }
7471 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "dup_comm", 8) == 0))
7472 {
7473 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7474 dup_common = 1;
7475 }
7476 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "zero", 4) == 0))
7477 {
7478 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7479 zero = 1;
7480 }
7481 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "first", 5) == 0))
7482 as_bad (_("FIRST not supported as a .SUBSPACE argument"));
7483 else
7484 as_bad (_("Invalid .SUBSPACE argument"));
7485
7486 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7487 input_line_pointer++;
7488 }
7489 }
7490
7491 /* Compute a reasonable set of BFD flags based on the information
7492 in the .subspace directive. */
7493 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7494 flags = 0;
7495 if (loadable)
7496 flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD);
7497 if (code_only)
7498 flags |= SEC_CODE;
7499
7500 /* These flags are used to implement various flavors of initialized
7501 common. The SOM linker discards duplicate subspaces when they
7502 have the same "key" symbol name. This support is more like
7503 GNU linkonce than BFD common. Further, pc-relative relocations
7504 are converted to section relative relocations in BFD common
7505 sections. This complicates the handling of relocations in
7506 common sections containing text and isn't currently supported
7507 correctly in the SOM BFD backend. */
7508 if (comdat || common || dup_common)
7509 flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE;
7510
7511 flags |= SEC_RELOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7512
7513 /* This is a zero-filled subspace (eg BSS). */
7514 if (zero)
7515 flags &= ~(SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7516
7517 applicable &= flags;
7518
7519 /* If this is an existing subspace, then we want to use the
7520 segment already associated with the subspace.
7521
7522 FIXME NOW! ELF BFD doesn't appear to be ready to deal with
7523 lots of sections. It might be a problem in the PA ELF
7524 code, I do not know yet. For now avoid creating anything
7525 but the "standard" sections for ELF. */
7526 if (create_new)
7527 section = subseg_force_new (ss_name, 0);
7528 else if (ssd)
7529 section = ssd->ssd_seg;
7530 else
7531 section = subseg_new (ss_name, 0);
7532
7533 if (zero)
7534 seg_info (section)->bss = 1;
7535
7536 /* Now set the flags. */
7537 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, section, applicable);
7538
7539 /* Record any alignment request for this section. */
7540 record_alignment (section, exact_log2 (alignment));
7541
7542 /* Set the starting offset for this section. */
7543 bfd_set_section_vma (stdoutput, section,
7544 pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant));
7545
7546 /* Now that all the flags are set, update an existing subspace,
7547 or create a new one. */
7548 if (ssd)
7549
7550 current_subspace = update_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7551 code_only, comdat, common,
7552 dup_common, sort, zero, access_ctr,
7553 space_index, alignment, quadrant,
7554 section);
7555 else
7556 current_subspace = create_new_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7557 code_only, comdat, common,
7558 dup_common, zero, sort,
7559 access_ctr, space_index,
7560 alignment, quadrant, section);
7561
7562 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7563 current_subspace->ssd_seg = section;
7564 subseg_set (current_subspace->ssd_seg, current_subspace->ssd_subseg);
7565 }
7566 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (current_subspace) = 1;
7567 }
7568
7569 /* Create default space and subspace dictionaries. */
7570
7571 static void
7572 pa_spaces_begin (void)
7573 {
7574 int i;
7575
7576 space_dict_root = NULL;
7577 space_dict_last = NULL;
7578
7579 i = 0;
7580 while (pa_def_spaces[i].name)
7581 {
7582 const char *name;
7583
7584 /* Pick the right name to use for the new section. */
7585 name = pa_def_spaces[i].name;
7586
7587 pa_def_spaces[i].segment = subseg_new (name, 0);
7588 create_new_space (pa_def_spaces[i].name, pa_def_spaces[i].spnum,
7589 pa_def_spaces[i].loadable, pa_def_spaces[i].defined,
7590 pa_def_spaces[i].private, pa_def_spaces[i].sort,
7591 pa_def_spaces[i].segment, 0);
7592 i++;
7593 }
7594
7595 i = 0;
7596 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7597 {
7598 const char *name;
7599 int applicable, subsegment;
7600 asection *segment = NULL;
7601 sd_chain_struct *space;
7602
7603 /* Pick the right name for the new section and pick the right
7604 subsegment number. */
7605 name = pa_def_subspaces[i].name;
7606 subsegment = 0;
7607
7608 /* Create the new section. */
7609 segment = subseg_new (name, subsegment);
7610
7611 /* For SOM we want to replace the standard .text, .data, and .bss
7612 sections with our own. We also want to set BFD flags for
7613 all the built-in subspaces. */
7614 if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$CODE$"))
7615 {
7616 text_section = segment;
7617 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7618 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7619 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7620 | SEC_RELOC | SEC_CODE
7621 | SEC_READONLY
7622 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7623 }
7624 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$DATA$"))
7625 {
7626 data_section = segment;
7627 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7628 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7629 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7630 | SEC_RELOC
7631 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7632
7633 }
7634 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$BSS$"))
7635 {
7636 bss_section = segment;
7637 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7638 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7639 applicable & SEC_ALLOC);
7640 }
7641 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$LIT$"))
7642 {
7643 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7644 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7645 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7646 | SEC_RELOC
7647 | SEC_READONLY
7648 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7649 }
7650 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$MILLICODE$"))
7651 {
7652 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7653 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7654 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7655 | SEC_RELOC
7656 | SEC_READONLY
7657 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7658 }
7659 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$UNWIND$"))
7660 {
7661 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7662 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7663 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7664 | SEC_RELOC
7665 | SEC_READONLY
7666 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7667 }
7668
7669 /* Find the space associated with this subspace. */
7670 space = pa_segment_to_space (pa_def_spaces[pa_def_subspaces[i].
7671 def_space_index].segment);
7672 if (space == NULL)
7673 {
7674 as_fatal (_("Internal error: Unable to find containing space for %s."),
7675 pa_def_subspaces[i].name);
7676 }
7677
7678 create_new_subspace (space, name,
7679 pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable,
7680 pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only,
7681 pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat,
7682 pa_def_subspaces[i].common,
7683 pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common,
7684 pa_def_subspaces[i].zero,
7685 pa_def_subspaces[i].sort,
7686 pa_def_subspaces[i].access,
7687 pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index,
7688 pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment,
7689 pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant,
7690 segment);
7691 i++;
7692 }
7693 }
7694
7695 /* Create a new space NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7696 by the given parameters. */
7697
7698 static sd_chain_struct *
7699 create_new_space (const char *name,
7700 int spnum,
7701 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7702 int defined,
7703 int private,
7704 int sort,
7705 asection *seg,
7706 int user_defined)
7707 {
7708 sd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7709
7710 chain_entry = XNEW (sd_chain_struct);
7711 SPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = xstrdup (name);
7712 SPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = defined;
7713 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (chain_entry) = user_defined;
7714 SPACE_SPNUM (chain_entry) = spnum;
7715
7716 chain_entry->sd_seg = seg;
7717 chain_entry->sd_last_subseg = -1;
7718 chain_entry->sd_subspaces = NULL;
7719 chain_entry->sd_next = NULL;
7720
7721 /* Find spot for the new space based on its sort key. */
7722 if (!space_dict_last)
7723 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7724
7725 if (space_dict_root == NULL)
7726 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7727 else
7728 {
7729 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7730 sd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7731
7732 chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7733 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7734
7735 while (chain_pointer)
7736 {
7737 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7738 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next;
7739 }
7740
7741 /* At this point we've found the correct place to add the new
7742 entry. So add it and update the linked lists as appropriate. */
7743 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7744 {
7745 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7746 prev_chain_pointer->sd_next = chain_entry;
7747 }
7748 else
7749 {
7750 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7751 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7752 }
7753
7754 if (chain_entry->sd_next == NULL)
7755 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7756 }
7757
7758 /* This is here to catch predefined spaces which do not get
7759 modified by the user's input. Another call is found at
7760 the bottom of pa_parse_space_stmt to handle cases where
7761 the user modifies a predefined space. */
7762 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7763 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7764 #endif
7765
7766 return chain_entry;
7767 }
7768
7769 /* Create a new subspace NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7770 by the given parameters.
7771
7772 Add the new subspace to the subspace dictionary chain in numerical
7773 order as defined by the SORT entries. */
7774
7775 static ssd_chain_struct *
7776 create_new_subspace (sd_chain_struct *space,
7777 const char *name,
7778 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7779 int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7780 int comdat,
7781 int common,
7782 int dup_common,
7783 int is_zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7784 int sort,
7785 int access_ctr,
7786 int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7787 int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7788 int quadrant,
7789 asection *seg)
7790 {
7791 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7792
7793 chain_entry = XNEW (ssd_chain_struct);
7794 SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = xstrdup (name);
7795
7796 /* Initialize subspace_defined. When we hit a .subspace directive
7797 we'll set it to 1 which "locks-in" the subspace attributes. */
7798 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = 0;
7799
7800 chain_entry->ssd_subseg = 0;
7801 chain_entry->ssd_seg = seg;
7802 chain_entry->ssd_next = NULL;
7803
7804 /* Find spot for the new subspace based on its sort key. */
7805 if (space->sd_subspaces == NULL)
7806 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7807 else
7808 {
7809 ssd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7810 ssd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7811
7812 chain_pointer = space->sd_subspaces;
7813 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7814
7815 while (chain_pointer)
7816 {
7817 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7818 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->ssd_next;
7819 }
7820
7821 /* Now we have somewhere to put the new entry. Insert it and update
7822 the links. */
7823 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7824 {
7825 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7826 prev_chain_pointer->ssd_next = chain_entry;
7827 }
7828 else
7829 {
7830 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7831 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7832 }
7833 }
7834
7835 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7836 obj_set_subsection_attributes (seg, space->sd_seg, access_ctr, sort,
7837 quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common);
7838 #endif
7839
7840 return chain_entry;
7841 }
7842
7843 /* Update the information for the given subspace based upon the
7844 various arguments. Return the modified subspace chain entry. */
7845
7846 static ssd_chain_struct *
7847 update_subspace (sd_chain_struct *space,
7848 char *name,
7849 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7850 int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7851 int comdat,
7852 int common,
7853 int dup_common,
7854 int sort,
7855 int zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7856 int access_ctr,
7857 int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7858 int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7859 int quadrant,
7860 asection *section)
7861 {
7862 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7863
7864 chain_entry = is_defined_subspace (name);
7865
7866 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7867 obj_set_subsection_attributes (section, space->sd_seg, access_ctr, sort,
7868 quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common);
7869 #endif
7870
7871 return chain_entry;
7872 }
7873
7874 /* Return the space chain entry for the space with the name NAME or
7875 NULL if no such space exists. */
7876
7877 static sd_chain_struct *
7878 is_defined_space (const char *name)
7879 {
7880 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7881
7882 for (chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7883 chain_pointer;
7884 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next)
7885 if (strcmp (SPACE_NAME (chain_pointer), name) == 0)
7886 return chain_pointer;
7887
7888 /* No mapping from segment to space was found. Return NULL. */
7889 return NULL;
7890 }
7891
7892 /* Find and return the space associated with the given seg. If no mapping
7893 from the given seg to a space is found, then return NULL.
7894
7895 Unlike subspaces, the number of spaces is not expected to grow much,
7896 so a linear exhaustive search is OK here. */
7897
7898 static sd_chain_struct *
7899 pa_segment_to_space (asection *seg)
7900 {
7901 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
7902
7903 /* Walk through each space looking for the correct mapping. */
7904 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
7905 space_chain;
7906 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
7907 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
7908 return space_chain;
7909
7910 /* Mapping was not found. Return NULL. */
7911 return NULL;
7912 }
7913
7914 /* Return the first space chain entry for the subspace with the name
7915 NAME or NULL if no such subspace exists.
7916
7917 When there are multiple subspaces with the same name, switching to
7918 the first (i.e., default) subspace is preferable in most situations.
7919 For example, it wouldn't be desirable to merge COMDAT data with non
7920 COMDAT data.
7921
7922 Uses a linear search through all the spaces and subspaces, this may
7923 not be appropriate if we ever being placing each function in its
7924 own subspace. */
7925
7926 static ssd_chain_struct *
7927 is_defined_subspace (const char *name)
7928 {
7929 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
7930 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
7931
7932 /* Walk through each space. */
7933 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
7934 space_chain;
7935 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
7936 {
7937 /* Walk through each subspace looking for a name which matches. */
7938 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
7939 subspace_chain;
7940 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
7941 if (strcmp (SUBSPACE_NAME (subspace_chain), name) == 0)
7942 return subspace_chain;
7943 }
7944
7945 /* Subspace wasn't found. Return NULL. */
7946 return NULL;
7947 }
7948
7949 /* Find and return the subspace associated with the given seg. If no
7950 mapping from the given seg to a subspace is found, then return NULL.
7951
7952 If we ever put each procedure/function within its own subspace
7953 (to make life easier on the compiler and linker), then this will have
7954 to become more efficient. */
7955
7956 static ssd_chain_struct *
7957 pa_subsegment_to_subspace (asection *seg, subsegT subseg)
7958 {
7959 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
7960 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
7961
7962 /* Walk through each space. */
7963 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
7964 space_chain;
7965 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
7966 {
7967 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
7968 {
7969 /* Walk through each subspace within each space looking for
7970 the correct mapping. */
7971 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
7972 subspace_chain;
7973 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
7974 if (subspace_chain->ssd_subseg == (int) subseg)
7975 return subspace_chain;
7976 }
7977 }
7978
7979 /* No mapping from subsegment to subspace found. Return NULL. */
7980 return NULL;
7981 }
7982
7983 /* Given a number, try and find a space with the name number.
7984
7985 Return a pointer to a space dictionary chain entry for the space
7986 that was found or NULL on failure. */
7987
7988 static sd_chain_struct *
7989 pa_find_space_by_number (int number)
7990 {
7991 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
7992
7993 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
7994 space_chain;
7995 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
7996 {
7997 if (SPACE_SPNUM (space_chain) == (unsigned int) number)
7998 return space_chain;
7999 }
8000
8001 /* No appropriate space found. Return NULL. */
8002 return NULL;
8003 }
8004
8005 /* Return the starting address for the given subspace. If the starting
8006 address is unknown then return zero. */
8007
8008 static unsigned int
8009 pa_subspace_start (sd_chain_struct *space, int quadrant)
8010 {
8011 /* FIXME. Assumes everyone puts read/write data at 0x4000000, this
8012 is not correct for the PA OSF1 port. */
8013 if ((strcmp (SPACE_NAME (space), "$PRIVATE$") == 0) && quadrant == 1)
8014 return 0x40000000;
8015 else if (space->sd_seg == data_section && quadrant == 1)
8016 return 0x40000000;
8017 else
8018 return 0;
8019 return 0;
8020 }
8021 #endif
8022
8023 /* Helper function for pa_stringer. Used to find the end of
8024 a string. */
8025
8026 static unsigned int
8027 pa_stringer_aux (char *s)
8028 {
8029 unsigned int c = *s & CHAR_MASK;
8030
8031 switch (c)
8032 {
8033 case '\"':
8034 c = NOT_A_CHAR;
8035 break;
8036 default:
8037 break;
8038 }
8039 return c;
8040 }
8041
8042 /* Handle a .STRING type pseudo-op. */
8043
8044 static void
8045 pa_stringer (int append_zero)
8046 {
8047 char *s, num_buf[4];
8048 unsigned int c;
8049 int i;
8050
8051 /* Preprocess the string to handle PA-specific escape sequences.
8052 For example, \xDD where DD is a hexadecimal number should be
8053 changed to \OOO where OOO is an octal number. */
8054
8055 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8056 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8057 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8058 #endif
8059
8060 /* Skip the opening quote. */
8061 s = input_line_pointer + 1;
8062
8063 while (is_a_char (c = pa_stringer_aux (s++)))
8064 {
8065 if (c == '\\')
8066 {
8067 c = *s;
8068 switch (c)
8069 {
8070 /* Handle \x<num>. */
8071 case 'x':
8072 {
8073 unsigned int number;
8074 int num_digit;
8075 char dg;
8076 char *s_start = s;
8077
8078 /* Get past the 'x'. */
8079 s++;
8080 for (num_digit = 0, number = 0, dg = *s;
8081 num_digit < 2
8082 && (ISDIGIT (dg) || (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8083 || (dg >= 'A' && dg <= 'F'));
8084 num_digit++)
8085 {
8086 if (ISDIGIT (dg))
8087 number = number * 16 + dg - '0';
8088 else if (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8089 number = number * 16 + dg - 'a' + 10;
8090 else
8091 number = number * 16 + dg - 'A' + 10;
8092
8093 s++;
8094 dg = *s;
8095 }
8096 if (num_digit > 0)
8097 {
8098 switch (num_digit)
8099 {
8100 case 1:
8101 sprintf (num_buf, "%02o", number);
8102 break;
8103 case 2:
8104 sprintf (num_buf, "%03o", number);
8105 break;
8106 }
8107 for (i = 0; i <= num_digit; i++)
8108 s_start[i] = num_buf[i];
8109 }
8110 break;
8111 }
8112 /* This might be a "\"", skip over the escaped char. */
8113 default:
8114 s++;
8115 break;
8116 }
8117 }
8118 }
8119 stringer (8 + append_zero);
8120 pa_undefine_label ();
8121 }
8122
8123 /* Handle a .VERSION pseudo-op. */
8124
8125 static void
8126 pa_version (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8127 {
8128 obj_version (0);
8129 pa_undefine_label ();
8130 }
8131
8132 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8133
8134 /* Handle a .COMPILER pseudo-op. */
8135
8136 static void
8137 pa_compiler (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8138 {
8139 obj_som_compiler (0);
8140 pa_undefine_label ();
8141 }
8142
8143 #endif
8144
8145 /* Handle a .COPYRIGHT pseudo-op. */
8146
8147 static void
8148 pa_copyright (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8149 {
8150 obj_copyright (0);
8151 pa_undefine_label ();
8152 }
8153
8154 /* Just like a normal cons, but when finished we have to undefine
8155 the latest space label. */
8156
8157 static void
8158 pa_cons (int nbytes)
8159 {
8160 cons (nbytes);
8161 pa_undefine_label ();
8162 }
8163
8164 /* Like float_cons, but we need to undefine our label. */
8165
8166 static void
8167 pa_float_cons (int float_type)
8168 {
8169 float_cons (float_type);
8170 pa_undefine_label ();
8171 }
8172
8173 /* Like s_fill, but delete our label when finished. */
8174
8175 static void
8176 pa_fill (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8177 {
8178 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8179 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8180 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8181 #endif
8182
8183 s_fill (0);
8184 pa_undefine_label ();
8185 }
8186
8187 /* Like lcomm, but delete our label when finished. */
8188
8189 static void
8190 pa_lcomm (int needs_align)
8191 {
8192 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8193 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8194 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8195 #endif
8196
8197 s_lcomm (needs_align);
8198 pa_undefine_label ();
8199 }
8200
8201 /* Like lsym, but delete our label when finished. */
8202
8203 static void
8204 pa_lsym (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8205 {
8206 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8207 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8208 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8209 #endif
8210
8211 s_lsym (0);
8212 pa_undefine_label ();
8213 }
8214
8215 /* This function is called once, at assembler startup time. It should
8216 set up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will need. */
8217
8218 void
8219 md_begin (void)
8220 {
8221 const char *retval = NULL;
8222 int lose = 0;
8223 unsigned int i = 0;
8224
8225 last_call_info = NULL;
8226 call_info_root = NULL;
8227
8228 /* Set the default machine type. */
8229 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, DEFAULT_LEVEL))
8230 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
8231
8232 /* Folding of text and data segments fails miserably on the PA.
8233 Warn user and disable "-R" option. */
8234 if (flag_readonly_data_in_text)
8235 {
8236 as_warn (_("-R option not supported on this target."));
8237 flag_readonly_data_in_text = 0;
8238 }
8239
8240 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8241 pa_spaces_begin ();
8242 #endif
8243
8244 op_hash = hash_new ();
8245
8246 while (i < NUMOPCODES)
8247 {
8248 const char *name = pa_opcodes[i].name;
8249
8250 retval = hash_insert (op_hash, name, (struct pa_opcode *) &pa_opcodes[i]);
8251 if (retval != NULL && *retval != '\0')
8252 {
8253 as_fatal (_("Internal error: can't hash `%s': %s\n"), name, retval);
8254 lose = 1;
8255 }
8256
8257 do
8258 {
8259 if ((pa_opcodes[i].match & pa_opcodes[i].mask)
8260 != pa_opcodes[i].match)
8261 {
8262 fprintf (stderr, _("internal error: losing opcode: `%s' \"%s\"\n"),
8263 pa_opcodes[i].name, pa_opcodes[i].args);
8264 lose = 1;
8265 }
8266 ++i;
8267 }
8268 while (i < NUMOPCODES && !strcmp (pa_opcodes[i].name, name));
8269 }
8270
8271 if (lose)
8272 as_fatal (_("Broken assembler. No assembly attempted."));
8273
8274 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8275 /* SOM will change text_section. To make sure we never put
8276 anything into the old one switch to the new one now. */
8277 subseg_set (text_section, 0);
8278 #endif
8279
8280 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8281 dummy_symbol = symbol_find_or_make ("L$dummy");
8282 S_SET_SEGMENT (dummy_symbol, text_section);
8283 /* Force the symbol to be converted to a real symbol. */
8284 symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol)->flags |= BSF_KEEP;
8285 #endif
8286 }
8287
8288 /* On the PA relocations which involve function symbols must not be
8289 adjusted. This so that the linker can know when/how to create argument
8290 relocation stubs for indirect calls and calls to static functions.
8291
8292 "T" field selectors create DLT relative fixups for accessing
8293 globals and statics in PIC code; each DLT relative fixup creates
8294 an entry in the DLT table. The entries contain the address of
8295 the final target (eg accessing "foo" would create a DLT entry
8296 with the address of "foo").
8297
8298 Unfortunately, the HP linker doesn't take into account any addend
8299 when generating the DLT; so accessing $LIT$+8 puts the address of
8300 $LIT$ into the DLT rather than the address of $LIT$+8.
8301
8302 The end result is we can't perform relocation symbol reductions for
8303 any fixup which creates entries in the DLT (eg they use "T" field
8304 selectors).
8305
8306 ??? Reject reductions involving symbols with external scope; such
8307 reductions make life a living hell for object file editors. */
8308
8309 int
8310 hppa_fix_adjustable (fixS *fixp)
8311 {
8312 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8313 reloc_type code;
8314 #endif
8315 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix;
8316
8317 hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8318
8319 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8320 /* LR/RR selectors are implicitly used for a number of different relocation
8321 types. We must ensure that none of these types are adjusted (see below)
8322 even if they occur with a different selector. */
8323 code = elf_hppa_reloc_final_type (stdoutput, fixp->fx_r_type,
8324 hppa_fix->fx_r_format,
8325 hppa_fix->fx_r_field);
8326
8327 switch (code)
8328 {
8329 /* Relocation types which use e_lrsel. */
8330 case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
8331 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
8332 case R_PARISC_DPREL21L:
8333 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF21L:
8334
8335 /* Relocation types which use e_rrsel. */
8336 case R_PARISC_DIR14R:
8337 case R_PARISC_DIR14DR:
8338 case R_PARISC_DIR14WR:
8339 case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
8340 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
8341 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14DR:
8342 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14WR:
8343 case R_PARISC_DPREL14R:
8344 case R_PARISC_DPREL14DR:
8345 case R_PARISC_DPREL14WR:
8346 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14R:
8347 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14DR:
8348 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14WR:
8349
8350 /* Other types that we reject for reduction. */
8351 case R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY:
8352 case R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
8353 return 0;
8354 default:
8355 break;
8356 }
8357 #endif
8358
8359 /* Reject reductions of symbols in sym1-sym2 expressions when
8360 the fixup will occur in a CODE subspace.
8361
8362 XXX FIXME: Long term we probably want to reject all of these;
8363 for example reducing in the debug section would lose if we ever
8364 supported using the optimizing hp linker. */
8365 if (fixp->fx_addsy
8366 && fixp->fx_subsy
8367 && (hppa_fix->segment->flags & SEC_CODE))
8368 return 0;
8369
8370 /* We can't adjust any relocs that use LR% and RR% field selectors.
8371
8372 If a symbol is reduced to a section symbol, the assembler will
8373 adjust the addend unless the symbol happens to reside right at
8374 the start of the section. Additionally, the linker has no choice
8375 but to manipulate the addends when coalescing input sections for
8376 "ld -r". Since an LR% field selector is defined to round the
8377 addend, we can't change the addend without risking that a LR% and
8378 it's corresponding (possible multiple) RR% field will no longer
8379 sum to the right value.
8380
8381 eg. Suppose we have
8382 . ldil LR%foo+0,%r21
8383 . ldw RR%foo+0(%r21),%r26
8384 . ldw RR%foo+4(%r21),%r25
8385
8386 If foo is at address 4092 (decimal) in section `sect', then after
8387 reducing to the section symbol we get
8388 . LR%sect+4092 == (L%sect)+0
8389 . RR%sect+4092 == (R%sect)+4092
8390 . RR%sect+4096 == (R%sect)-4096
8391 and the last address loses because rounding the addend to 8k
8392 multiples takes us up to 8192 with an offset of -4096.
8393
8394 In cases where the LR% expression is identical to the RR% one we
8395 will never have a problem, but is so happens that gcc rounds
8396 addends involved in LR% field selectors to work around a HP
8397 linker bug. ie. We often have addresses like the last case
8398 above where the LR% expression is offset from the RR% one. */
8399
8400 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lrsel
8401 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rrsel
8402 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_nlrsel)
8403 return 0;
8404
8405 /* Reject reductions of symbols in DLT relative relocs,
8406 relocations with plabels. */
8407 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_tsel
8408 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_ltsel
8409 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
8410 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_psel
8411 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
8412 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lpsel)
8413 return 0;
8414
8415 /* Reject absolute calls (jumps). */
8416 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8417 return 0;
8418
8419 /* Reject reductions of function symbols. */
8420 if (fixp->fx_addsy != 0 && S_IS_FUNCTION (fixp->fx_addsy))
8421 return 0;
8422
8423 return 1;
8424 }
8425
8426 /* Return nonzero if the fixup in FIXP will require a relocation,
8427 even it if appears that the fixup could be completely handled
8428 within GAS. */
8429
8430 int
8431 hppa_force_relocation (struct fix *fixp)
8432 {
8433 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
8434
8435 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8436 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8437 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ENTRY
8438 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_EXIT
8439 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
8440 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
8441 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY
8442 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_TRY
8443 || (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL && fixp->fx_subsy != NULL
8444 && (hppa_fixp->segment->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0))
8445 return 1;
8446 #endif
8447 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8448 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT
8449 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY)
8450 return 1;
8451 #endif
8452
8453 gas_assert (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL);
8454
8455 /* Ensure we emit a relocation for global symbols so that dynamic
8456 linking works. */
8457 if (S_FORCE_RELOC (fixp->fx_addsy, 1))
8458 return 1;
8459
8460 /* It is necessary to force PC-relative calls/jumps to have a relocation
8461 entry if they're going to need either an argument relocation or long
8462 call stub. */
8463 if (fixp->fx_pcrel
8464 && arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixp->fx_addsy),
8465 hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc))
8466 return 1;
8467
8468 /* Now check to see if we're going to need a long-branch stub. */
8469 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL)
8470 {
8471 long pc = md_pcrel_from (fixp);
8472 valueT distance, min_stub_distance;
8473
8474 distance = fixp->fx_offset + S_GET_VALUE (fixp->fx_addsy) - pc - 8;
8475
8476 /* Distance to the closest possible stub. This will detect most
8477 but not all circumstances where a stub will not work. */
8478 min_stub_distance = pc + 16;
8479 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8480 if (last_call_info != NULL)
8481 min_stub_distance -= S_GET_VALUE (last_call_info->start_symbol);
8482 #endif
8483
8484 if ((distance + 8388608 >= 16777216
8485 && min_stub_distance <= 8388608)
8486 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 17
8487 && distance + 262144 >= 524288
8488 && min_stub_distance <= 262144)
8489 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 12
8490 && distance + 8192 >= 16384
8491 && min_stub_distance <= 8192)
8492 )
8493 return 1;
8494 }
8495
8496 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8497 return 1;
8498
8499 /* No need (yet) to force another relocations to be emitted. */
8500 return 0;
8501 }
8502
8503 /* Now for some ELF specific code. FIXME. */
8504 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8505 /* For ELF, this function serves one purpose: to setup the st_size
8506 field of STT_FUNC symbols. To do this, we need to scan the
8507 call_info structure list, determining st_size in by taking the
8508 difference in the address of the beginning/end marker symbols. */
8509
8510 void
8511 elf_hppa_final_processing (void)
8512 {
8513 struct call_info *call_info_pointer;
8514
8515 for (call_info_pointer = call_info_root;
8516 call_info_pointer;
8517 call_info_pointer = call_info_pointer->ci_next)
8518 {
8519 elf_symbol_type *esym
8520 = ((elf_symbol_type *)
8521 symbol_get_bfdsym (call_info_pointer->start_symbol));
8522 esym->internal_elf_sym.st_size =
8523 S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->end_symbol)
8524 - S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->start_symbol) + 4;
8525 }
8526 }
8527
8528 static void
8529 pa_vtable_entry (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8530 {
8531 struct fix *new_fix;
8532
8533 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_entry (0);
8534
8535 if (new_fix)
8536 {
8537 struct hppa_fix_struct * hppa_fix = XOBNEW (&notes, struct hppa_fix_struct);
8538
8539 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8540 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8541 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8542 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8543 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8544 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8545 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY;
8546 }
8547 }
8548
8549 static void
8550 pa_vtable_inherit (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8551 {
8552 struct fix *new_fix;
8553
8554 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_inherit (0);
8555
8556 if (new_fix)
8557 {
8558 struct hppa_fix_struct * hppa_fix = XOBNEW (&notes, struct hppa_fix_struct);
8559
8560 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8561 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8562 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8563 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8564 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8565 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8566 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT;
8567 }
8568 }
8569 #endif
8570
8571 /* Table of pseudo ops for the PA. FIXME -- how many of these
8572 are now redundant with the overall GAS and the object file
8573 dependent tables? */
8574 const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
8575 {
8576 /* align pseudo-ops on the PA specify the actual alignment requested,
8577 not the log2 of the requested alignment. */
8578 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8579 {"align", pa_align, 8},
8580 #endif
8581 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8582 {"align", s_align_bytes, 8},
8583 #endif
8584 {"begin_brtab", pa_brtab, 1},
8585 {"begin_try", pa_try, 1},
8586 {"block", pa_block, 1},
8587 {"blockz", pa_block, 0},
8588 {"byte", pa_cons, 1},
8589 {"call", pa_call, 0},
8590 {"callinfo", pa_callinfo, 0},
8591 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))
8592 {"code", obj_elf_text, 0},
8593 #else
8594 {"code", pa_text, 0},
8595 {"comm", pa_comm, 0},
8596 #endif
8597 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8598 {"compiler", pa_compiler, 0},
8599 #endif
8600 {"copyright", pa_copyright, 0},
8601 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
8602 {"data", pa_data, 0},
8603 #endif
8604 {"double", pa_float_cons, 'd'},
8605 {"dword", pa_cons, 8},
8606 {"end", pa_end, 0},
8607 {"end_brtab", pa_brtab, 0},
8608 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
8609 {"end_try", pa_try, 0},
8610 #endif
8611 {"enter", pa_enter, 0},
8612 {"entry", pa_entry, 0},
8613 {"equ", pa_equ, 0},
8614 {"exit", pa_exit, 0},
8615 {"export", pa_export, 0},
8616 {"fill", pa_fill, 0},
8617 {"float", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
8618 {"half", pa_cons, 2},
8619 {"import", pa_import, 0},
8620 {"int", pa_cons, 4},
8621 {"label", pa_label, 0},
8622 {"lcomm", pa_lcomm, 0},
8623 {"leave", pa_leave, 0},
8624 {"level", pa_level, 0},
8625 {"long", pa_cons, 4},
8626 {"lsym", pa_lsym, 0},
8627 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8628 {"nsubspa", pa_subspace, 1},
8629 #endif
8630 {"octa", pa_cons, 16},
8631 {"org", pa_origin, 0},
8632 {"origin", pa_origin, 0},
8633 {"param", pa_param, 0},
8634 {"proc", pa_proc, 0},
8635 {"procend", pa_procend, 0},
8636 {"quad", pa_cons, 8},
8637 {"reg", pa_equ, 1},
8638 {"short", pa_cons, 2},
8639 {"single", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
8640 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8641 {"space", pa_space, 0},
8642 {"spnum", pa_spnum, 0},
8643 #endif
8644 {"string", pa_stringer, 0},
8645 {"stringz", pa_stringer, 1},
8646 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8647 {"subspa", pa_subspace, 0},
8648 #endif
8649 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
8650 {"text", pa_text, 0},
8651 #endif
8652 {"version", pa_version, 0},
8653 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8654 {"vtable_entry", pa_vtable_entry, 0},
8655 {"vtable_inherit", pa_vtable_inherit, 0},
8656 #endif
8657 {"word", pa_cons, 4},
8658 {NULL, 0, 0}
8659 };
8660
8661 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8662 void
8663 hppa_cfi_frame_initial_instructions (void)
8664 {
8665 cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa (30, 0);
8666 }
8667
8668 int
8669 hppa_regname_to_dw2regnum (char *regname)
8670 {
8671 unsigned int regnum = -1;
8672 unsigned int i;
8673 const char *p;
8674 char *q;
8675 static struct { const char *name; int dw2regnum; } regnames[] =
8676 {
8677 { "sp", 30 }, { "rp", 2 },
8678 };
8679
8680 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (regnames); ++i)
8681 if (strcmp (regnames[i].name, regname) == 0)
8682 return regnames[i].dw2regnum;
8683
8684 if (regname[0] == 'r')
8685 {
8686 p = regname + 1;
8687 regnum = strtoul (p, &q, 10);
8688 if (p == q || *q || regnum >= 32)
8689 return -1;
8690 }
8691 else if (regname[0] == 'f' && regname[1] == 'r')
8692 {
8693 p = regname + 2;
8694 regnum = strtoul (p, &q, 10);
8695 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
8696 if (p == q || *q || regnum <= 4 || regnum >= 32)
8697 return -1;
8698 regnum += 32 - 4;
8699 #else
8700 if (p == q
8701 || (*q && ((*q != 'L' && *q != 'R') || *(q + 1)))
8702 || regnum <= 4 || regnum >= 32)
8703 return -1;
8704 regnum = (regnum - 4) * 2 + 32;
8705 if (*q == 'R')
8706 regnum++;
8707 #endif
8708 }
8709 return regnum;
8710 }
8711 #endif